From cd16051111ebf8ac13ab936b81f56ef0775ddc2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Fri, 8 Apr 2022 15:18:27 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] *: export 13.0 source terms --- locale/sources/applications.pot | 10 +- locale/sources/finance.pot | 3820 +++++++++++++++----------- locale/sources/general.pot | 2879 +++++++++---------- locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot | 367 +-- locale/sources/marketing.pot | 377 +-- locale/sources/productivity.pot | 644 +---- locale/sources/sales.pot | 925 +++---- locale/sources/services.pot | 972 +------ locale/sources/sphinx.pot | 129 +- locale/sources/websites.pot | 489 ++-- 10 files changed, 4423 insertions(+), 6189 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/sources/applications.pot b/locale/sources/applications.pot index b643c8053..fe2b91312 100644 --- a/locale/sources/applications.pot +++ b/locale/sources/applications.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,6 +16,10 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications.rst:5 -msgid "Applications" +#: ../../content/applications.rst:9 +msgid "User Docs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications.rst:11 +msgid "Discover our user guides and configuration tutorials per application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index 7f025b1c2..69224d81e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,180 +20,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:8 msgid "Accounting and Invoicing" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app to create invoices, send them to your customers, and manage payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:13 +msgid "**Odoo Accounting** is a full featured accounting app. Accountant productivity is at the core of its development with features such as AI-powered invoice recognition, synchronization with your bank accounts, smart matching suggestions, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:18 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoicing `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:19 -msgid "**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app that allows you to :doc:`issue invoices `, send them to your customers, and manage payments, including :doc:`online payments `. It works as a \"lighter\" version of Odoo Accounting, and you can upgrade it to Odoo Accounting if you need more advanced accounting features." +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:25 -msgid "**Odoo Accounting** is a complete and strong accounting app. The automation of processes is at the core of its development with its perfect integration with all Odoo apps and with features such as :doc:`AI-powered invoice recognition `, :doc:`synchronization with your bank accounts `, and :doc:`automatic suggestions for a simplified reconciliation process `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:33 -msgid "`Odoo Invoicing: product page `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:34 -msgid "`Odoo Accounting: product page `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:37 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:39 -msgid "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:51 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:53 -msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:60 -msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:64 -msgid "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:68 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:76 -msgid "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 -msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 -msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:94 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 -msgid "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:112 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:114 -msgid "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:118 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:122 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:125 -msgid "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger. Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 -msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 -msgid "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:152 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:154 -msgid "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions <../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 -msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 @@ -261,10 +109,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:None -msgid "Import a bank statement file in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "" @@ -273,11 +117,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:None -msgid "Register bank statements manually in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" @@ -307,7 +146,8 @@ msgid "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amou msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -328,44 +168,40 @@ msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." +msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 -msgid "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting Features `_, and search for your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." +msgid "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting Features `_, and click on *See list of supported institutions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:None -msgid "checking a bank's compatibility with Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 +msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 -msgid "The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 -msgid "More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, France, and Spain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 -msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for more information `)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 @@ -376,6 +212,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 @@ -395,267 +233,265 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:97 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 -msgid "Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & Cash* section." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +msgid "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract. We also use a proxy between your database and the third party provider so, in case of a connection error, please check that you don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 -msgid "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +msgid "First Synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 -msgid "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the following address:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +msgid "You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +msgid "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +msgid "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 -msgid "First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in your journal." +msgid "During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activity on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number. The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:None -msgid "Automated Bank Synchronization of a Bank Journal in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 -msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +msgid "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`, and follow the steps." +msgid "You can find all your synchronizations by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 -msgid "Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a **Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and enter your bank credentials." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:None -msgid "Synchronize Now button in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +msgid "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 -msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 -msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 -msgid "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*, and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +msgid "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch Transactions* button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 -msgid "A transaction can be visible in your bank account, but not be fetched if it has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." +msgid "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you receive an error message asking you to disable the automatic synchronization. This message can be found in the chatter of your online synchronizations. In this case, make sure to perform manual synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 -msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 -msgid "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 -msgid "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community Version." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +msgid "Issues" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 -msgid "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 -msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +msgid "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support `_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 -msgid "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks can aid in the development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from the connection." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 -msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +msgid "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 -msgid "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this, the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is provided." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 -msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgid "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please contact the `support `_ directly with your client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 -msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 -msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +msgid "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 -msgid "When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to see your transactions in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +msgid "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the default filter in the search bar and type: **account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* button to install the new module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 +msgid "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +msgid "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu (:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +msgid "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +msgid "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +msgid "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*, and click on the *Synchronize Now* button. You can also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +msgid "A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +msgid "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +msgid "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +msgid "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +msgid "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks contributes to the development process since the Provider will have real data and feedback from the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +msgid "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this, the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +msgid "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +msgid "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +msgid "There may also be no new transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in :ref:`developer mode `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +msgid "You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 -msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on *Update Credentials*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`ponto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software. The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling PayPal payments in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section **Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 -msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "Setup your PayPal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 -msgid "A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank field, you can set **PayPal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 -msgid "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as the online institution and click on the configure button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 -msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 -msgid "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change the language of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 -msgid "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in English or that the site is not supported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must choose the **Paypal balance** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:64 -msgid "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 -msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" +msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:None -msgid "Logo of the Ponto brand" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 -msgid "**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo <../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgid "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:None -msgid "Click on a bank institution to see which third party service is required to synchronize\n" -"your bank with Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +msgid "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per account/integration `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 -msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "Fill out the form to add an organization in Ponto" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" @@ -664,12 +500,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 -msgid "Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +msgid "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 -msgid "Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +msgid "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 @@ -677,107 +513,175 @@ msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to synchronize both platforms." +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 -msgid "To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which accounts you want to synchronize." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +msgid "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 -msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 -msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +msgid "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 -msgid "**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 -msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 -msgid "**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank statements." +msgid "You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:None -msgid "Configure the bank synchronization through Ponto on your Odoo database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 -msgid "It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option for all additional accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 msgid "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the synchronization settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +msgid "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even the ones coming from other banking institutions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +msgid "Fetch new accounts" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 -msgid "Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +msgid "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 -msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 -msgid "Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +msgid "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 -msgid "This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 -msgid "**Update** your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, and restart your server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 -msgid "To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +msgid "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website `_. If you do not do this, the synchronization will stop for these accounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 -msgid "To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +msgid "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +msgid "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have real feedback on the connection with the institution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 +msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +msgid "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 +msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +msgid "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +msgid "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +msgid "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you enter a valid email address, as otherwise, you will not be able to access your Salt Edge account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +msgid "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to continue the synchronization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +msgid "Update your credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +msgid "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. Click on the *Update Credentials* button to start the flow and follow the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +msgid "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able to access your information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +msgid "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that Odoo won't be able to access your account anymore. The error you are seeing is probably a message telling you that the consent was revoked, but the record could not be deleted as it still exists within Salt edge. If you want to remove the connection completely, please connect to your `Salt Edge account `_ and manually delete your synchronization. Once this is done, you can go back to Odoo to delete the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +msgid "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, please check on your `dashboard `_ that you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +msgid "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +msgid "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you will normally be able to find it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`. Please make sure to do an *Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:5 @@ -888,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "" @@ -936,10 +840,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model with a write-off button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "" @@ -948,10 +848,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model that suggests counterpart values in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "" @@ -960,19 +856,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model that matches existing invoices and bills automatically\n" -"in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Open the Reconciliation Model menu from the overview dashboard in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" @@ -1006,10 +893,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Conditions for the Reconciliation Model to be applied in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "" @@ -1022,16 +905,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Counterparts values of a Reconciliation Model in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -1143,10 +1022,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:177 msgid "Setup" @@ -1172,10 +1047,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Bank Journals Cards are displayed on the Accounting Overview in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" @@ -1200,10 +1071,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Select a bank institution in the list and connect it to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1245,10 +1112,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Add manually a new bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1265,10 +1128,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Advanced configuration of a bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" @@ -1831,7 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:210 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" @@ -2269,26 +2128,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 -msgid "Odoo Accounting settings includes a section for the Australian Loclization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 -msgid "Enabling KeyPay Integration in Odoo Accounting displays new fields in the settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 -msgid "\"Account Details\" section on the KeyPay dashboard" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with ``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" @@ -2297,10 +2144,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 -msgid "The KeyPay \"Business ID\" number is in the URL" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" @@ -2313,18 +2156,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:None -msgid "Example of a KeyPay Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 -msgid "Scheduled Actions settings for KeyPay Payroll in Odoo (debug mode)" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" @@ -2333,10 +2168,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:None -msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in KeyPay" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You also need to choose the correct account types in Odoo to generate accurate financial reports." msgstr "" @@ -2369,10 +2200,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically with E-invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean module to install on Odoo." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 msgid "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -2393,10 +2220,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII register, follow the instructions on each section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean company fiscal data." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" @@ -2406,10 +2229,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to send invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean edi environment settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "" @@ -2418,10 +2237,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers, it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -2434,14 +2249,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Digital certificate access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Digital certificate configuration." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular user, just define the users in the certificate." msgstr "" @@ -2455,10 +2262,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part of the company configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:5 msgid "Multicurrency" @@ -2468,18 +2271,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your token provided by the SBIF:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Token configuration for currency rate service." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "" @@ -2512,10 +2307,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential for most transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean identification types for partners." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "" @@ -2524,26 +2315,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make sure this value is set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean taxpayer types for partners." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 msgid "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 msgid "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean taxes list." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" @@ -2576,10 +2355,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 msgid "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses documents." msgstr "" @@ -2658,10 +2433,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Document type configuration on Journal." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 msgid "When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." msgstr "" @@ -2674,10 +2445,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Steps to add new sequences on journals." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." msgstr "" @@ -2702,11 +2469,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular sequence:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Sequences per document type on journals." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" @@ -2731,10 +2493,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Save the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Steps to add a new CAF on sequences." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 msgid "As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number and quantity available are updated:" msgstr "" @@ -2751,10 +2509,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" @@ -2767,10 +2521,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Document type selection on invoices." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 msgid "Documents type 33: Electronic Invoice must have at least one item with tax, otherwise the SII rejects the document validation." msgstr "" @@ -2791,18 +2541,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 -msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Transition of DTE statuses." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:414 msgid "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" @@ -2811,18 +2553,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 -msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 -msgid "Descprtion of each DTE status in the chatter." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" @@ -2835,10 +2569,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 -msgid "Email track once it is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:450 msgid "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" @@ -2859,10 +2589,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 -msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" @@ -2871,20 +2597,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Invoice tab with origin document number and data." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:479 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:481 -msgid "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is fiscally valid:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Barcode and fiscal elements in the invice report." +msgid "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the SII and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements that indicate that the document is fiscally valid:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 @@ -2911,10 +2629,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2923,10 +2637,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Invoice Comercial status updated to Claimed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" @@ -2972,10 +2682,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64 in the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes sequences." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:554 msgid "Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF on each sequence." msgstr "" @@ -2993,10 +2699,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Full invoice refund with SII reference code 1." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" @@ -3005,18 +2707,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Partial refund to correct text including the corrected value." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:581 msgid "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" @@ -3029,10 +2723,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Credit note for partial refund to correct amounts, using the SII reference code 3." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:603 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" @@ -3049,18 +2739,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Debit note for partial refund to crrect amounts, using the SII reference code 3." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 msgid "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Invoice data on crossed reference section for debit notes." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:630 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" @@ -3069,10 +2751,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Creating a debit note to cancel a credit note with the SII code reference 1." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" @@ -3097,10 +2775,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Messages recorded in the chatter with the reception notification for the vendor." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:665 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" @@ -3109,10 +2783,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Acceptance button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is comercially accepted." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" @@ -3121,10 +2791,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Claim button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is comercially rejected." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" @@ -3142,10 +2808,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Columns and data displayed in the report Balance Tributario 8 Columnas." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" @@ -3158,10 +2820,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have been received by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Parameters to required to generate the Report Propuesta F29" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" @@ -3192,7 +2850,7 @@ msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the first two modules." +msgid "To :ref:`install ` the modules, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the *Apps* filter and search for \"Colombia\". Then click on *Install* for the first two modules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 @@ -3209,7 +2867,7 @@ msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 -msgid "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgid "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 @@ -3382,7 +3040,7 @@ msgid "Plan Contable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:123 msgid "Impuestos" msgstr "" @@ -3427,536 +3085,536 @@ msgid "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgid "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 -msgid "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgid "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:72 msgid "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:74 msgid "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:81 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:84 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:87 msgid "Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:89 msgid "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:97 msgid "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:104 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:106 msgid "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:110 msgid "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:116 msgid "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:125 msgid "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:133 msgid "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:143 msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 msgid "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:150 msgid "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de Secuencia`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:157 msgid "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:165 msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:167 msgid "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:176 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:179 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:181 msgid "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:189 msgid "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:194 msgid "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:197 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:205 msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:215 msgid "Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 msgid "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:224 msgid "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:234 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:241 msgid "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único (CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 msgid "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas automáticamente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:247 msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:252 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:257 msgid "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:266 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 msgid "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:276 msgid "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:288 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:290 msgid "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:295 msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:298 msgid "Contexto" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:301 msgid "Contexto Normativo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:303 msgid "Soporte Normativo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 msgid "Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se desarrollan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:306 msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:313 msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:315 msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:323 msgid "Calendario" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:325 msgid "Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:328 msgid "Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal en el RUT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:333 msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:338 msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:344 msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:346 msgid "Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los nuevos procesos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:351 msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:353 msgid "Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:360 msgid "Actualización de Módulos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:362 msgid "Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:365 msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 msgid "Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:371 msgid "En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:374 msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:379 msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:385 msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:387 msgid "Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los cambios del Anexo 1.7." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:490 msgid "Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:393 msgid "La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:397 msgid "Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:400 msgid "Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:403 msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:411 msgid "Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:505 msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:420 msgid "Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:425 msgid "Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:431 msgid "Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los siguientes parámetros:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:436 msgid "El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de Valor**: *IVA*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:444 msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:446 msgid "Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de :menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:452 msgid "Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:458 msgid "Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:462 msgid "Nombre de provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:462 msgid "Código de Provincia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:462 msgid "Nombre actualizado" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:464 msgid "D.C." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:464 msgid "DC" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:464 msgid "Bogotá" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:466 msgid "Quindio" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:466 msgid "QUI" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:466 msgid "Quindío" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:468 msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:468 msgid "SAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:468 msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:472 msgid "Ejemplo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:478 msgid "Verificación de Código postal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:480 msgid "Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: `Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:487 msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:492 msgid "Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de facturación del punto de punto de venta." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:495 msgid "El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones correspondientes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:499 msgid "Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al identificador generico:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:507 msgid "El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas generadas a causa del COVID." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:512 msgid "Fechas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:514 msgid "Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos (3 días SIN IVA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:516 msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:521 msgid "Condiciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:523 msgid "Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según corresponda." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:528 msgid "A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los detalles en el `Decreto 682 `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:532 msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:535 msgid "Tipo de Productos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:535 msgid "Precio Máximo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:537 msgid "Electrodomesticos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:537 msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:539 msgid "Vestuario y complementos" msgstr "" @@ -3969,100 +3627,100 @@ msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:543 msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:543 msgid "Elementos deportivos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:545 msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:547 msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:547 msgid "Utiles Escolares" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:549 msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:549 msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:553 msgid "Métodos de Pago:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:555 msgid "El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:557 msgid "Limite de unidades:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:559 msgid "Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada producto." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:562 msgid "Medidas en Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:564 msgid "**Preparación de datos**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:566 msgid "Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este punto: Datos maestros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 msgid "Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto 682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:570 msgid "Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:572 msgid "Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes Cubiertos." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:578 msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:580 msgid "Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:586 msgid "Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el mismo día." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 msgid "En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al momento de facturar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:590 msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:592 msgid "Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA original." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 msgid "En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual correspondiente al IVA convencional." msgstr "" @@ -4139,7 +3797,7 @@ msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users `here `_. If you use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise ` or contact your Odoo service provider." +msgid "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users `here `_. If you use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise ` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 @@ -4151,7 +3809,7 @@ msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* menu:" +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 @@ -4331,7 +3989,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "" @@ -4359,106 +4017,258 @@ msgid "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To b msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 -msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" +msgid "Point of Sale in Germany: Technical Security System" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 -msgid "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum Datenzugriff `_. In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, and balance sheet." +msgid "The **Kassensicherungsverordnung** (The Act on Protection against Manipulation of Digital Records) requires that electronic record-keeping systems - including the :doc:`point of sale <../../../../sales/point_of_sale>` systems - must be equipped with a **Technical Security System** (also called **TSS** or **TSE**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 -msgid "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January 2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo offers a service that is compliant with the help of `fiskaly `_, a *cloud-based solution*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:50 +msgid "Since this solution is cloud-based, a working internet connection is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 -msgid "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:53 +msgid "The only VAT rates allowed are given by fiskaly. You can check these rates by consulting: `fiskaly DSFinV-K API: VAT Definition `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 -msgid "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD text `_. It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is what to expect:" +msgid "Modules installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:63 +msgid "If your database was created before June 2021, :ref:`upgrade ` your **Point of Sale** app (`point_of_sale`) and the **Restaurant** module (`pos_restaurant`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 -msgid "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-mentioned financial and related data)." +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the **Germany - Certification for Point of Sale** (`l10n_de_pos_cert`) and **Germany - Certification for Point of Sale of type restaurant** (`l10n_de_pos_res_cert`) modules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 -msgid "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 -msgid "Access rights control;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 -msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 -msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 -msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" +msgid "If these modules are not listed, :ref:`update the app list `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 -msgid "Processing controls;" +msgid "Register your company at the financial authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 -msgid "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, data, or documents." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:79 +msgid "To register your company, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies --> Update Info`, fill out the following fields and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 -msgid "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded (*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place (*prevention*)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:82 +msgid "**Company name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 -msgid "What about data security?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:83 +msgid "Valid **address**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 -msgid "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance with the GoBD guidelines." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:84 +msgid "**VAT** number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 -msgid "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or deleted via the application." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:85 +msgid "**St.-Nr** (Steuernummer): this number is assigned by the tax office to every taxable natural or legal person. (e.g., `2893081508152`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 -msgid "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external systems." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:87 +msgid "**W-IdNr** (Wirtschafts-Identifikationsnummer): this number is used as a permanent identification number for economically active persons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 -msgid "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:90 +msgid "You can then **register your company through fiskaly** by opening the *fiskaly* tab and clicking on the *fiskaly Registration* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:98 +msgid "If you do not see the *fiskaly Registration* button, make sure that you *saved* your company details and are not in *editing mode* anymore." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +msgid "Once the registration has been finalized, new fields appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:103 +msgid "**fiskaly organization ID** refers to the ID of your company at the fiskaly side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:104 +msgid "**fiskaly API key** and **secret** are the credentials the system uses to access the services offered by fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:112 +msgid "It is possible to request new credentials if there is any issue with the current ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:115 +msgid "Create and link a Technical Security System to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:121 +msgid "To use your point of sale in Germany, you first have to create a :abbr:`TSS (Technical Security System)` for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:124 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the point of sale you want to edit, then check the box next to **Create TSS** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:131 +msgid "Once the creation of the TSS is successful, you can find your **TSS ID** and **Client ID** under the *fiskaly API* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:134 +msgid "**TSS ID** refers to the ID of your TSS at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:135 +msgid "**Client ID** refers to your PoS but at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:138 +msgid "DSFinV-K" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:144 +msgid "Whenever you close a PoS session, the orders' details are sent to the :abbr:`DSFinV-K (Digitale Schnittstelle der Finanzverwaltung für Kassensysteme)` service of fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:147 +msgid "In case of an audit, you can export the data sent to DSFinV-K by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> DSFinV-k exports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:150 +msgid "These fields are mandatory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:152 +msgid "**Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:153 +msgid "**Start Datetime** (export data with dates larger than or equal to the given start date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +msgid "**End Datetime** (export data with dates smaller than or equal to the given end date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +msgid "Leave the **Point of Sale** field blank if you want to export the data of all your points of sale. Specify a Point of Sale if you want to export this specific PoS' data only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:159 +msgid "The creation of a DSFinV-K export triggers on export at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:165 +msgid "As you can see, the **State** is *Pending*. This means that the export has been successfully triggered and is being processed. You have to click on *Refresh State* to check if it is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:171 +msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:173 +msgid "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum Datenzugriff `_. In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, and balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:180 +msgid "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January 2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:187 +msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:190 +msgid "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +msgid "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD text `_. It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is what to expect:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:197 +msgid "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-mentioned financial and related data)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:202 +msgid "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:205 +msgid "Access rights control;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:206 +msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:207 +msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:208 +msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:209 +msgid "Processing controls;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:210 +msgid "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, data, or documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:212 +msgid "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded (*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place (*prevention*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:218 +msgid "What about data security?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:220 +msgid "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance with the GoBD guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:224 +msgid "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or deleted via the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:227 +msgid "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:231 +msgid "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:233 msgid "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:237 msgid "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:241 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:243 msgid "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the accurate and compliant documentation of financial transactional data of their users**. It can merely provide the necessary tools for the user to respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:249 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:251 msgid "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in place and Odoo provides you with the means to achieve all of these objectives:" msgstr "" @@ -4510,51 +4320,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:286 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:288 msgid "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from direct access to the interface to the handover of the financial data on a storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:292 msgid "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, Lotus 123, SAP-format, AS/400-format, or else. Odoo supports the CSV and XLS-export of financial data out-of-the-box. The GoBD **recommends** the export in a specific XML-based GoBD-format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:299 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:301 msgid "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and various forms of use, **no legally binding certification can be given**, nor can the software be made liable towards a public authority. Third-party certificates can indeed have **an informative value** for customers to make software buying decisions but are by no means legally binding or of any other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:307 msgid "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from respecting the GoBD. These certifications are very expensive in terms of time and cost, and their value is very relative. Thus we focus our efforts on ensuring GoBD compliance rather than pay for a marketing tool which does not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:314 msgid "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text `_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:317 msgid "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either in the context of a tax field audit or in the context of binding information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:320 msgid "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:325 msgid "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google Translate `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:330 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:332 msgid "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" @@ -4691,97 +4501,174 @@ msgid "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione elettro msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si può consultare la relativa :doc:`guida `." +msgid "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si può consultare la relativa :doc:`guida `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "Indirizzo PEC dell’Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far sì che la Fatturazione Elettronica funzioni correttamente, questi campi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al commercialista qual è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato” dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:3 +msgid "Luxembourg" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 +msgid "Standard Chart of Accounts - PCN 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo's :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package <../overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for Luxembourg includes the current **Standard Chart of Accounts (PCN 2020)**, effective since January 2020." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:12 +msgid "eCDF tax return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +msgid "Tax returns in Luxembourg require a specific XML file to upload on the eCDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +msgid "To download it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Audit Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:21 +msgid "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:24 +msgid "Annual tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:26 +msgid "You can generate an XML file to electronically file your annual tax report with the tax office." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:28 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Luxembourg --> Annual Tax Report`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, then define the annual period in the :guilabel:`Year` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:31 +msgid "The **simplified annual declaration** is automatically generated. You can manually add values in all the fields to get a **complete annual declaration**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:38 +msgid "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Export XML` to download the XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:41 +msgid "FAIA (SAF-T)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:43 +msgid "**FAIA (Fichier d’Audit Informatisé AED)** is a standardized and structured file that facilitates the exchange of information between the taxpayers' accounting system and the tax office. It is the Luxembourgish version of the OECD-recommended SAF-T (Standard Audit File for Tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:47 +msgid "Odoo can generate an XML file that contains all the content of an accounting period according to the rules imposed by the Luxembourg tax authorities on digital audit files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg Standard Audit File for Tax` (module's technical name: ``l10n_lu_saft``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:57 +msgid "Export FAIA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/luxembourg.rst:59 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports --> General Ledger`, then click on :guilabel:`Export SAF-T (Luxembourg)`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "" @@ -4819,678 +4706,618 @@ msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgid "To :ref:`install ` the module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the *Apps* filter and search for \"Mexico\". Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:61 msgid "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and 3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:74 msgid "Set your legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:76 msgid "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:83 msgid "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency (MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the default currency and use price list instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:97 msgid "Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:99 msgid "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see the option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to support in https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:115 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:123 msgid "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the 3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:133 msgid "Important considerations when you enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 msgid "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:143 msgid "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:150 msgid "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field \"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:158 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:166 msgid "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables `Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:170 msgid "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the \"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 msgid "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid ":download:`Certificate `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:191 msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:196 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the \"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:205 msgid "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:218 msgid "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:225 msgid "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:232 msgid "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:242 msgid "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:244 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:256 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:266 msgid "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:277 msgid "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are important." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:284 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:286 msgid "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if it was agreed that the invoice would be fully paid before the 1st of the next calendar month (the month after the one in the CFDI date); any other condition will generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 msgid "**1.2. How is this done in Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "The appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE) is determined by the dates and the ``Payment Terms`` that are selected in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will always be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:299 msgid "If this is the first week of the month and an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``15 Net Days`` the calculated ``Due Date`` will be before the 1st of the next month, which will result in the attribute ``MetodoPago`` being ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:304 msgid "If this is not the first week of the month and an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days``, the ``Due Date`` will be later higher than the 1st day of the next month and the ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "If the ``Payment Term`` are defined with 2 or more lines (for example ``30% Advance`` and ``End of Following Month``), this is an installments term, and the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will always be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with the payment term ``30% Advance, End of Following Month`` and register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "Regarding \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with the advance payment itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code following the procedure in the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "Related to topic 4, creating a Customer Payment without a proper invoice is not allowed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:331 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "MX reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:345 msgid "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to :menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:353 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:355 msgid "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 msgid "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 `_ on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:376 msgid "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:382 msgid "Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:393 msgid "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:396 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 msgid "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties (DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:408 msgid "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:417 msgid "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:422 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:431 msgid "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:439 msgid "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "`official information `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:473 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called \"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:494 msgid "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:502 msgid "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:515 msgid "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:520 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:528 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:538 msgid "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:543 msgid "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:569 msgid "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:573 msgid "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report** corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:578 msgid "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:586 msgid "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency. You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:622 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:629 msgid "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the :ref:`developer mode ` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:637 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:640 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:640 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:651 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" @@ -5502,132 +5329,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:659 msgid "This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:664 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:666 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:668 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:671 msgid "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:683 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:755 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:776 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:785 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:686 msgid "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:689 msgid "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:692 msgid "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:699 msgid "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 msgid "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:709 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:742 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:712 msgid "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:717 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:727 msgid "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:729 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:743 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:730 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:744 msgid "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:732 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:733 msgid "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:736 msgid "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:748 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 msgid "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 msgid "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" @@ -5636,7 +5443,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:783 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" @@ -5648,39 +5455,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column 'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:792 msgid "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure 01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:796 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:797 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:798 msgid ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:799 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:799 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:800 msgid ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:800 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:801 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:802 msgid "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:803 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:804 msgid ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:807 msgid "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill your clients, you must be in this database." msgstr "" @@ -5801,10 +5608,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named *Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab. In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:None -msgid "Configure your Journal to display your ISR as payment reference on your invoices in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" @@ -6071,18 +5874,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:None -msgid "Install the appropriate module as fiscal localization package in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:None -msgid "Select your country's fiscal localization package in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" msgstr "" @@ -6123,10 +5918,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization Packages ` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:None -msgid "Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" @@ -6549,10 +6340,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number, in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 msgid "Configuration of an Account" msgstr "" @@ -6742,10 +6529,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the *Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" msgstr "" @@ -6817,10 +6600,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None -msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" @@ -6846,10 +6625,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None -msgid "Add your company's details in Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:47 msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update Info**." msgstr "" @@ -6902,10 +6677,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double arrow button* at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None -msgid "Setup of the Chart of Accounts and their opening balances in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to configure your Chart of Accounts." msgstr "" @@ -6926,10 +6697,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None -msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" msgstr "" @@ -6962,10 +6729,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ *footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None -msgid "Document layout configuration in Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:163 msgid "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." msgstr "" @@ -7005,8 +6768,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 +msgid "Main accounting concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:6 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:20 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:27 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:29 +msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:33 +msgid "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:37 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:39 +msgid "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:45 +msgid "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:49 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:57 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:59 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:63 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:66 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:69 +msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:71 +msgid "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:76 +msgid "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:81 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:83 +msgid "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:87 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:88 +msgid "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:90 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:91 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:92 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:94 +msgid "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:98 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:100 +msgid "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger. Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:114 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:121 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:123 +msgid "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:132 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:134 +msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:7 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:13 @@ -9688,7 +9611,7 @@ msgid "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a va msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr "" @@ -9755,10 +9678,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Configuration of an Assets Account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" @@ -9777,10 +9696,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Selection of an Assets Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" @@ -9791,10 +9706,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Change of the Assets Account for a product in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." msgstr "" @@ -9810,12 +9721,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" msgstr "" @@ -9838,18 +9743,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Assets entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Depreciation Board in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 @@ -9900,10 +9797,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Create Asset Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 msgid "Modification of an Asset" msgstr "" @@ -9924,10 +9817,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart Button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Gross Increase smart button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" msgstr "" @@ -9940,10 +9829,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Disposal of Assets in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 msgid "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the amount it is sold for." msgstr "" @@ -9982,10 +9867,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Assets model button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 msgid "Automate the Assets" msgstr "" @@ -10006,10 +9887,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Automate Assets on an account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-account`)." msgstr "" @@ -10046,10 +9923,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Expense Account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" msgstr "" @@ -10058,14 +9931,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the expenses must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Selection of a Deferred Expense Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Change of the Expense Account for a product in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." msgstr "" @@ -10086,18 +9951,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Deferred Expense entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Expense Board in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the most accurately possible." msgstr "" @@ -10127,11 +9984,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Create Deferred Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" msgstr "" @@ -10156,10 +10008,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Deferred Expense model button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" @@ -10180,10 +10028,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see: `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Automate Deferred Expense on an account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" @@ -10405,66 +10249,61 @@ msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 -msgid "Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgid "Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data into your database reduces errors and saves you time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "`Try it out `_! Upload one of your Bills or try one of our samples." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:12 msgid "Set up the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:14 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and choose whether the bills should be processed automatically (with OCR) or manually (on demand)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:None -msgid "Activate the feature going to the settings application in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:22 msgid "Start digitizing your bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:24 msgid "Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for Digitalization* to do it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 msgid "You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an email alias on your journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:32 msgid "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the right information instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:None -msgid "Example of a scanned bill in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 msgid "The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the correct data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 -msgid "The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 -msgid "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgid "The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one credit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +msgid "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 -msgid "Click `here `_ to know about our *Privacy Policy*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:56 +msgid "Our `Privacy Policy `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 @@ -10491,10 +10330,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:None -msgid "Fill out the draft purchase receipt in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 msgid "You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." msgstr "" @@ -10511,10 +10346,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values according to your needs, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:None -msgid "Change the accounts used in the journal entry to record a purchase receipt." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" @@ -10775,10 +10606,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Revenue Account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*" msgstr "" @@ -10795,10 +10622,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Selection of a Deferred Revenue Account on a draft invoice in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" @@ -10807,10 +10630,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Change of the Income Account for a product in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" @@ -10835,18 +10654,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Deferred Revenue entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Revenue Board in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the most accurately possible." msgstr "" @@ -10895,10 +10706,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Deferred Revenue model button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" @@ -10919,10 +10726,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see: `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Automate Deferred Revenue on an account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" @@ -10992,7 +10795,7 @@ msgid "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers Configuration --> Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "Click `here `_ to know about our *Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:5 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "" @@ -11457,10 +11246,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch Deposit**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None -msgid "Payment Method Types in a journal's advanced settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 msgid "Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch payments when you activate the feature." msgstr "" @@ -11477,10 +11262,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* as Payment Method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None -msgid "Registering a customer payment as part of a Batch Deposit in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." msgstr "" @@ -11497,18 +11278,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None -msgid "Filling out a new Inbound Batch Payment form on Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 msgid "Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on *Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by clicking on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None -msgid "Selection of all payments to include in the Batch Deposit" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 msgid "Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to fill out." msgstr "" @@ -11521,10 +11294,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None -msgid "Reconciliation of the Batch Payment with all its transactions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 msgid "If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." msgstr "" @@ -11561,10 +11330,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's **Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Add a SEPA Creditor Identifier to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "" @@ -11581,10 +11346,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Fill out SEPA Direct Debit in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" @@ -11625,10 +11386,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is *Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Close or Revoke an SDD Mandate in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with an SDD payment." msgstr "" @@ -11669,26 +11426,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related *bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Start the SDD payments collection in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Create a batch payment with all the SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Generate an XML file for your SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the payments." msgstr "" @@ -11917,16 +11662,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue, you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:None -msgid "Payment acquirer choice after having clicked on \"Pay Now\"" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 -msgid "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer `\" is the only Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgid "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer `\" is the only Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 @@ -11941,20 +11682,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:None -msgid "Email with a link to view the invoice online on the Customer Portal." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:None -msgid "\"Pay now\" button on an invoice in the Customer Portal." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 @@ -12061,11 +11794,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr "" @@ -12073,6 +11802,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Declarations" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:3 +msgid "Intrastat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:5 +msgid "**Intrastat** is the system for data collection and statistic production of goods traded among the EU Member States. Organizations whose annual trade surpasses a certain threshold must provide data about the goods traded with other EU countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:10 +msgid "`Eurostat Statistics Explained - Glossary: Intrastat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:14 +msgid "As of January 1, 2022, the reporting requirements have changed. One main modification concerns the transaction codes which are now switching to a 2-digits format. All transactions recorded after this date have to follow the new system’s rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:21 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Customer Invoices`, then enable **Intrastat** and *Save*. Once the Intrastat has been activated you are able to choose the **Default incoterm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/intrastat.rst:25 +msgid "If you created your Odoo database prior to **January 13, 2022**, please :ref:`upgrade ` the ``account_intrastat`` module to add the new transaction codes and :ref:`install ` the ``account_intrastat_expiry`` module to archive the old codes." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" msgstr "" @@ -12113,10 +11866,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "Configure how often tax returns have to be made in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 msgid "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up <../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup>`." msgstr "" @@ -12129,18 +11878,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "see which tax grids are used to record transactions in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 msgid "To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record invoices or credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "Configure taxes and their tax grids in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 msgid "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation of your database. :doc:`Click here <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" @@ -12165,12 +11906,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "Lock your tax for a specific period in Odoo Acounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:135 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "" @@ -12186,18 +11923,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the button *Closing Journal Entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "Select the period for the tax return and create a closing journal entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 msgid "After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "download the PDF with your Tax Report in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 msgid "If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -12327,174 +12056,162 @@ msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:19 msgid "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:23 msgid "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:31 msgid "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:38 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:40 msgid "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:48 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:50 msgid "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:53 msgid "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is reporting :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:58 msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:65 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a result of those sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:88 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:72 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:72 msgid "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:75 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:75 msgid "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:80 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:78 msgid "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:88 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:83 msgid "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets (assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:94 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:96 msgid "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:106 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:108 msgid "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:116 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:118 msgid "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:137 msgid "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" @@ -12839,6 +12556,7 @@ msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:216 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "" @@ -12866,10 +12584,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:None -msgid "Odoo fills out the Tax field automatically according to the Default Taxes" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the Fiscal Position." msgstr "" @@ -12882,26 +12596,84 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:None -msgid "Define which taxes to use by default on Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 msgid "Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-specific." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:3 +msgid "EU intra-community Distance Selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:5 +msgid "**Distance sales within the European Union** include cross-border sales of goods and services to a private consumer (B2C) in another EU Member State when the seller doesn't meet face-to-face with the customer. Organizations must ensure that the VAT on distance sales is paid to the Member State in which the goods or services are delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:11 +msgid "This remains true even if your organization is located outside of the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:13 +msgid "While this regulation mainly applies to :doc:`eCommerce <../../../../websites/ecommerce>` sales to private EU consumers, it is also valid for mail order sales and telesales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:16 +msgid "The Union **One-Stop Shop (OSS)** is an online portal where businesses can register for the OSS and declare their intra-community distance sales. Each EU member state integrates an online OSS portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:19 +msgid "The **EU intra-community Distance Selling** feature helps your organization comply with this regulation by creating and configuring new :doc:`fiscal positions ` and :doc:`taxes ` based on your company's country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:24 +msgid "`European Commission: OSS | Taxation and Customs Union `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:32 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes`, then enable **EU intra-community Distance Selling** (or **EU Digital Goods VAT** if you created your database before July 1, 2021), and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:41 +msgid "Please :ref:`upgrade the module ` `l10n_eu_service` if you already installed it before **July 1, 2021**, or if you activated the feature **EU Digital Goods VAT** in the Accounting settings. Then, make sure to :ref:`refresh the tax mapping `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:49 +msgid "Fiscal Positions and Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:51 +msgid "Once enabled, the feature automatically creates all the necessary taxes and fiscal positions needed for each EU member state, based on your company's country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 +msgid "We highly recommend checking that the proposed mapping is suitable for the products and services you sell before using it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:60 +msgid "Refresh tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:62 +msgid "Whenever you add or modify taxes, you can update automatically your fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:64 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes --> EU intra-community Distance Selling` and click on the *Refresh tax mapping* button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" msgstr "" @@ -12914,10 +12686,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None -msgid "Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" msgstr "" @@ -12986,10 +12754,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 msgid "Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has logged in or filled out their billing details." msgstr "" @@ -13018,11 +12782,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None -msgid "Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" msgstr "" @@ -13154,38 +12913,70 @@ msgid "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the z msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" +msgid "Automatically post taxes to the correct Tax Payable account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see :doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgid "For each one of your companies that uses TaxCloud, it might be necessary to create a **User-Defined Default** so that the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created with the correct Tax Payable account:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgid "A User-Defined Default impacts all records at creation. It means that **every** new tax will be set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable account, unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income account (or there exists another User-Defined Default that takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax computation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:59 +msgid "In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, select the Tax Payable account for the company. Take note of the account's ``id`` in the URL string." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose **Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:66 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> User-Defined Defaults`, and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:70 +msgid "Click on *Field*, then, in the drop-down menu, on *Search More*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +msgid "In the pop-up's search box, filter on the model ``tax.repartition.line`` and the field ``account``. Select the ``account`` field of the ``tax.repartition.line`` model." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "In the **Default Value** field, enter the ID of the company's Tax Payable account. Select the company for which this configuration should apply in the *Company* field. Click *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:95 +msgid "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see :doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:100 +msgid "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:107 +msgid "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +msgid "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose **Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:121 +msgid "If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +msgid "The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:129 msgid "Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising from a user point of view." msgstr "" @@ -13205,18 +12996,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "Activate pre-configured taxes in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "Edition of a tax in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" @@ -13415,10 +13198,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "Allocate tax amounts to the right accounts and tax grids" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 msgid "**Based On**:" msgstr "" @@ -13451,10 +13230,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "The Label on Invoices is displayed on each invoice line" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 msgid "Tax Group" msgstr "" @@ -13467,10 +13242,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal Positions `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "The Tax Group name is different from the Label on Invoices" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 msgid "In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids. Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." msgstr "" @@ -13535,10 +13306,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include this tax, or add it directly to a product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "The eco-tax is taken into the basis of the 21% VAT tax" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 msgid "The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." msgstr "" @@ -13547,14 +13314,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax names." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:0 -msgid "The taxes' sequence in Odoo determines which tax is applied first" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" msgstr "" @@ -13571,10 +13330,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:None -msgid "Enable \"Verify VAT Numbers\" in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 msgid "VAT Number validation" msgstr "" @@ -13583,18 +13338,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the **Country** and **VAT** fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:None -msgid "Fill out the contact form with the country and VAT number before clicking on *Save*" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 msgid "When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an error message if the VAT number is invalid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:None -msgid "Odoo displays an error message instead of saving when the VAT number is invalid" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 msgid "This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other fields' validity." msgstr "" @@ -13624,7 +13371,7 @@ msgid "The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (manag msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:24 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgid "Here are some examples:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 @@ -13661,7 +13408,7 @@ msgid "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account i msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:48 -msgid "The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgid "The *Sales* app allows you to specify units of measure for your expense types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 @@ -13797,11 +13544,11 @@ msgid "Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 -msgid "Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgid "Ordered quantities: it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:187 -msgid "Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses quantity" +msgid "Delivered quantities: it will invoice expenses based on the expenses quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:190 @@ -13848,94 +13595,863 @@ msgstr "" msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:15 +msgid "Odoo embeds several **payment acquirers** that allow your customers to pay on their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their favorite payment methods such as **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "Offering several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo apps delegate the handling of sensitive information to the certified payment acquirer so that you don't ever have to worry about PCI compliance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:31 +msgid "This means that no sensitive information (such as credit card numbers or credentials) is stored on Odoo servers or Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a unique reference number to the data stored safely in the payment acquirers' systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:38 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:40 +msgid "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:47 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here <../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:60 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:66 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:68 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:73 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:80 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:82 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:88 +msgid "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank Accounts <../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:99 +msgid "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above ` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:105 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:107 +msgid "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to *Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:117 +msgid "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:125 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:127 +msgid "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use. Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:131 +msgid "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:137 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:139 +msgid "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:145 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:147 +msgid "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:154 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:156 +msgid "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:166 +msgid "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:177 +msgid "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:188 +msgid "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new **Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:196 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:198 +msgid "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with **Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:210 +msgid "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*, on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer* to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:219 +msgid "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as *Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:227 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:228 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:231 +msgid "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new **Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:236 +msgid ":doc:`../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:237 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <../payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings --> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and **Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open **Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation <../payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the **Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a **Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`../payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal Business Account `_ or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification* (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in *Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” (e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as **UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the `Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in :menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting *Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. `pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. `pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +msgid "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +msgid "Giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +msgid "iDeal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +msgid "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 msgid "Sign" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:5 msgid "**Odoo Sign** allows you to send, sign and approve documents online." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:7 msgid "You can upload any PDF file and add drag-and-dropping fields on it. These fields are automatically filled out with the user's detail if they are logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Sign: product page `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:17 msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:19 msgid "The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:24 msgid "In the European Union" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:26 msgid "The `eIDAS regulation `_ establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states of the European Union `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:30 msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:32 msgid "Electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:33 msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:34 msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:36 msgid "Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for qualified electronic signatures.”" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:41 msgid "Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:45 msgid "In the United States of America" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:47 msgid "The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) `_, at the interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic Transactions Act) `_, at the state level, provide the legal framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois `_ and `New York `_ have not adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:56 msgid "Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five criteria:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:58 msgid "A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to opt-out of electronically signing a document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:61 msgid "A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business electronically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:62 msgid "The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as supporting evidence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:64 msgid "The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:66 msgid "Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:70 -msgid "The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney to obtain legal advice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:71 +msgid "The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing electronic signatures rapidly evolve, we cannot guarantee whether all information is up to date or not. We advise contacting a local attorney for legal advice regarding electronic signature compliance and validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:79 +msgid "Field Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:81 +msgid "By configuring your own *Field Types*, also known as *Signature Item Types*, you can make the signing process even faster for your customers, partners, and employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:84 +msgid "To create and customize fields, activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Then head to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Field Types` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:87 +msgid "After giving your new field a name, select one of the six *Types* available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:89 +msgid "**Signature**: users are prompted to enter their signature either by drawing it, automatically generating one based on their name, or uploading a local file (usually an image). Each subsequent *Signature* field then reuses the data entered in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:92 +msgid "**Initial**: users are prompted to enter their initials, in a similar way to the *Signature* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:94 +msgid "**Text**: users enter text on a single line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:95 +msgid "**Multiline Text**: users enter text on multiple lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:96 +msgid "**Checkbox**: users can tick a box (e.g.,to mark their approval or consent)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:97 +msgid "**Selection**: users choose a single option from a variety of options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:99 +msgid "Next, you have the option to auto-complete fields for users based on their Odoo profile information by using *Automatic Partner Field*. To this end, the *Name*, *Email*, *Phone*, and *Company* fields are preconfigured in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:104 +msgid "Users can freely edit auto-completed fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:110 +msgid "You can then change the size of the field by editing the *Default Width* and *Default Height*. Both sizes are defined as a percentage of the full-page expressed as a decimal, with 1 equalling the full-page's width or height. By default, the width of new fields you create is set to 15% (0.150) of a full-page's width, while their height is set to 1.5% (0.015) of a full-page's height." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:115 +msgid "Next, write a *Tip*. Tips are displayed inside arrows on the left-hand side of the user's screen during the signing process. You can also use a *Placeholder* text to be displayed inside the field before it is completed." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index b2dc2ef92..cbe55082f 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,221 +16,96 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:5 -msgid "General" +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:22 -msgid "Users and Features" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:3 +msgid "Apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:24 -msgid "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently in use." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:5 +msgid "You can :ref:`install `, :ref:`upgrade ` and :ref:`uninstall ` all apps and modules from the :menuselection:`Apps` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a paying one on our online platform)." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:8 +msgid "By default, an *Apps* filter is applied. If you want to search for modules, click on *Filters* and select *Extra*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:34 -msgid "This section contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:16 +msgid "Odoo is *not a smartphone*, and its apps shouldn't be installed or uninstalled carelessly. Apply caution when adding or removing apps and modules on your database since this may impact your subscription costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:39 -msgid "You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online ` and :ref:`on premise ` installations." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Installing or uninstalling apps and managing users is up to you.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:43 -msgid "If you have questions about the content of this section or if you encounter an issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our `support form `__." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage, as you know best how your organization works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:49 -msgid "Deactivating Users" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo apps have dependencies.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:51 -msgid "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to change the status of any of your users." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "Installing some apps and features with dependencies may also install additional apps and modules that are technically required, even if you won't actively use them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:54 -msgid "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Test app installation/removal on a duplicate of your database.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:95 -msgid "|settings|" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "This way, you can know what app dependencies may be required or what data may be erased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:140 -msgid "settings" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:32 +msgid "Install apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:58 -msgid "|browse_users|" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:34 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, and click on the *Install* button of the app you want to install." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:142 -msgid "browse_users" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:37 +msgid "If the module you are looking for is not listed, you can **update the app list**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:61 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:39 +msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List` and click on *Update*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:66 -msgid "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:45 +msgid "Upgrade apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:71 -msgid "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click on Archive." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:47 +msgid "On some occasions, new improvements or app features are added to :doc:`supported versions of Odoo `. To be able to use them, you must **upgrade** your app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:79 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:81 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:56 +msgid "Uninstall apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:84 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you want to uninstall, then on *Uninstall*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:86 -msgid "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate ` of your database before making any changes (*especially* installing/uninstalling apps)." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:64 +msgid "Some apps have dependencies, meaning that one app requires another. Therefore, uninstalling one app may uninstall multiple apps and modules. Odoo warns you which dependant apps and modules are affected by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:90 -msgid "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to access the list of your installed applications." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:71 +msgid "To complete the uninstallation, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:95 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:141 -msgid "browse_apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:98 -msgid "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:105 -msgid "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:112 -msgid "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:117 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:120 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:122 -msgid "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we *do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:128 -msgid "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:135 -msgid "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:147 -msgid "Activate the developer mode (debug mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:149 -msgid "The developer mode (or debug mode) gives you access to extra and advanced tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:152 -msgid "Through the Settings application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:154 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:161 -msgid "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:164 -msgid "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:167 -msgid "Through a browser extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:170 -msgid "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:172 -msgid "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use a single click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None -msgid "View of odoo’s debug icon in a chrome’s toolbar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:179 -msgid "Through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:181 -msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None -msgid "Overview of an url with the debug mode command added in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:188 -msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:191 -msgid "Locate the mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:193 -msgid "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* button, located on the header of your pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:201 -msgid "Mobile Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:203 -msgid "As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:206 -msgid "Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:74 +msgid "Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently erases their data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 @@ -246,162 +121,129 @@ msgid "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft A msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" +msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 -msgid "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard `_." +msgid "The **Google Sign-In Authentication** is a useful function that allows your users to sign in to Odoo with their Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 -msgid "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." +msgid "This is particularly helpful if your organization uses Google Workforce and you want the employees within your organization to connect to Odoo with their Google Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 -msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 -msgid "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 -msgid "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 -msgid "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 Client ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 -msgid "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 -msgid "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Then click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 -msgid "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 -msgid "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in Python but programming skills are not required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 -msgid "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*. The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now available." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 +msgid "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None -msgid "Enable the Google Drive and Google Spreadsheet features in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 +msgid "Google API Dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 -msgid "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password --> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:23 +msgid "Go to the `Google API Dashboard `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +msgid "Make sure the right project is opened. If you don't have a project yet, click on *Create Project*, fill out the project name and other details of your company, and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 -msgid "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to Google Spreadsheet*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:32 +msgid "Choose the name of your own company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None -msgid "From the CRM application, for example, click on add to Google Spreadsheet in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 -msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 -msgid "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:45 +msgid "Choose one of the options **(Internal / External)** as instructed, and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 -msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:51 +msgid "Fill out your details and domain info, then click on *Save and Continue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 -msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:52 +msgid "On the **Scopes** page, leave all fields as is, and click on *Save and Continue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> Username --> Password`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:57 +msgid "Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None -msgid "Menu called Odoo is shown on the settings bar in the Spreadsheet" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:59 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 -msgid "Applications" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 +msgid "Click on *Create Credentials* and select **OAuth client ID**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 -msgid "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve data and retrieve grouped sums." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 +msgid "Select **Web Application** as the Application type. Now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 -msgid "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is usually fine." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 +msgid "In order to achieve this, in the **Authorized redirect URIs** field, enter your database's domain immediately followed by ``/auth_oauth/signin``. For example: ``https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin``, then click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 -msgid "Retrieve Data" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:85 +msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 -msgid "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse (table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 +msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 -msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:92 +msgid "Once you have done the previous steps, two keys are generated on the Google API Dashboard: *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. Copy the *Client ID*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None -msgid "Table with examples of arguments to use in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 -msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate **OAuth Authentication**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 -msgid "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group (table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:108 +msgid "You may have to log in again after this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 -msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 +msgid "Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations`, activate **Google Authentication**, then fill out the *Client ID* with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None -msgid "Table with examples of grouped sum arguments to use in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 +msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 -msgid "Other uses" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +msgid "To link your Google account to your Odoo profile, click on *Log in with Google* when you are asked to choose a new password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 -msgid "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:130 +msgid "Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to access the *reset password* page, while new users can directly click on *Log in with Google* instead of choosing a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 +msgid "`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgid "Sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 @@ -444,6 +286,964 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 +msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 +msgid "The developer mode (or debug mode) gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:10 +msgid "Activate through the Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +msgid "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:22 +msgid "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "Activate through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 +msgid "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:30 +msgid "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 +msgid "Activate through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:49 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:51 +msgid "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 +msgid "Email Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 +msgid "Sending emails with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6 +msgid "Using your email domain in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8 +msgid "Documents in Odoo (a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice ...) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:11 +msgid "When you post a message in the chatter, this message is sent by email to the followers of the document. If a follower replies to the message, the reply updates the chatter, and Odoo relays the reply to the followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:15 +msgid "Emails from your users to partners (customers, vendors) are sent from the email address of your users. Similarly, emails from partners to users are sent from the email address of the partners. This allows you to recognize at a glance who sent an email relayed by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:19 +msgid "If your database is hosted on our cloud (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), it is not necessary to add an outgoing email server to send emails from your custom domain. You can enjoy this feature by using the default Odoo email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24 +msgid "The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an Enterprise subscription. This limit can be increased under certain conditions. See our :doc:`FAQ ` or contact support for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:29 +msgid "However, it is recommended that you configure your domain name to ensure that emails from your users reach your partners, rather than being considered spam." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:32 +msgid "For the same reason, we recommend that you always give your users an email address from a domain you manage, rather than a generic email address (gmail.com, outlook.com, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 +msgid "Be SPF compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:40 +msgid "The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) protocol allows the owner of a domain name to specify which servers are allowed to send email from that domain. When a server receives an incoming email, it checks whether the IP address of the sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the SPF record of the sender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:46 +msgid "The SPF verification is performed on the domain mentioned in the Return-Path field of the email. In the case of an email sent by Odoo, this domain corresponds to the value of the `mail.catchall.domain` key in the database system parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:50 +msgid "See the :ref:`documentation on incoming emails `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:52 +msgid "The SPF policy of a domain is set using a TXT record. How to create or modify a TXT record depends on the provider hosting the DNS zone of your domain name. In order for the verification to work properly, each domain can only have one SPF record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:56 +msgid "If your domain name does not yet have an SPF record, the content of the record to create is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:59 +msgid "``v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:61 +msgid "If your domain name already has an SPF record, you need to update this record (and do not create a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 +msgid "If your TXT record is `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, you need to edit it to add `include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:69 +msgid "You can check if your SPF record is valid with a free tool like `MXToolbox SPF `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:75 +msgid "Enable DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 +msgid "The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows you to authenticate your emails with a digital signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:79 +msgid "When sending an email, the Odoo server includes a unique DKIM signature in the headers. The recipient's server decrypts this signature using the DKIM record in your domain name. If the signature and the key contained in the record match, this guarantees that your message is authentic and has not been altered during transport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:84 +msgid "To enable DKIM, you must add a CNAME record to the DNS zone of your domain name:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 +msgid "``odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 +msgid "If your domain name is `mycompany.com`, you need to create a subdomain `odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is `odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92 +msgid "How to create or modify a CNAME record depends on the provider hosting the DNS zone of your domain name. The most common providers are list below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:95 +msgid "You can check if your DKIM record is valid with a free tool like `DKIM Core `_. If a selector is asked, enter `odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:99 +msgid "Check your DMARC policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:101 +msgid "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting & Conformance (DMARC) is a protocol that unifies SPF and DKIM. The instructions contained in the DMARC record of a domain name tell the destination server what to do with an incoming email that fails the SPF and/or DKIM check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:105 +msgid "There are three DMARC policies: - ``p=none`` - ``p=quarantine`` - ``p=reject``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +msgid "``p=quarantine`` and ``p=reject`` instruct the server that receives an email to quarantine that email or ignore it if the SPF and/or DKIM check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:113 +msgid "If your domain name uses DMARC and has defined one of these policies, it is therefore imperative to be SPF compliant or to enable DKIM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +msgid "Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a DMARC policy set to ``p=reject``. We strongly advise against using an *@yahoo.com* or *@aol.com* address for your users. These emails will never reach their recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +msgid "``p=none`` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the DMARC check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:124 +msgid "You can check the DMARC record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:127 +msgid "If one of your partners, customer or vendor, uses DMARC and has defined one of these policies, the Odoo server cannot relay emails from this partner to your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +msgid "You need to :ref:`handle user notifications in Odoo `, or replace the email address of the partner with a default email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:136 +msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:138 +msgid "`OVH DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +msgid "`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:140 +msgid "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:142 +msgid "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:143 +msgid "`NameCheap `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:144 +msgid "`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:145 +msgid "`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:146 +msgid "`Azure DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +msgid "To fully test your configuration, the tool `Mail-Tester `_ will give you a full overview of the content and configuration you have in one email sent! Mail-Tester can also be used for other lesser known providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:153 +msgid "Use a default email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +msgid "To force the email address from which emails are sent, you need to create one of these two keys in the System Parameters of the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +msgid "If ``mail.force.smtp.from`` is set, all outgoing emails are sent from the given address. This is a requirement to use `Outlook with Odoo `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +msgid "If ``mail.dynamic.smtp.from`` is set, the from email address is replaced by the given one if the domain does not match the domain set in `mail.catchall.domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +msgid "You access the **System Parameters** in :ref:`developer mode ` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "Send and Receive Emails in Odoo with an Email Server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike `Odoo Online `_ & `Odoo.sh `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:30 +msgid "You will find here some useful information on how to integrate your own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online unless you configure Odoo to :ref:`force the outgoing \"From\" address ` ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ to configure a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:71 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on our SaaS and Odoo.sh platform. Try using 465, 587, or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different domain, and that can be a problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:89 +msgid "For example, if a customer with address *mary@customer.example.com* responds to a message, Odoo will try to redistribute that same email to other subscribers in the thread. But if the domain *customer.example.com* forbids that kind of usage for security, the Odoo's redistributed email would get rejected by some recipients' mail servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:95 +msgid "To avoid those kind of problems, you should make sure all emails use a \"From\" address from your authorized domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "If your MTA supports `SRS (Sender Rewriting Scheme) `_, you can enable it to handle these situations. However, that is more complex and requires more technical knowledge that is not meant to be covered by this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "Instead, you can also configure Odoo to do something similar by itself:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "In developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:113 +msgid "Add one system parameter from these:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "If you want *all* your outgoing messages to use the same \"From\" address, use the key ``mail.force.smtp.from`` and set that address as value (such as ``outgoing@mycompany.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:119 +msgid "If you want to keep the original \"From\" address for emails that use your same domain, but change it for emails that use a different domain, use the key ``mail.dynamic.smtp.from`` and set as value the email address that should be used in those cases (such as ``outgoing@mycompany.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:128 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:130 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:132 +msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:136 +msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing `__ to opt-out invalid recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:140 +msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:147 +msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:149 +msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:151 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:157 +msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:173 +msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:183 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:181 +msgid "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the :ref:`developer mode `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:185 +msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 +msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in :ref:`developer mode `. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:198 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:200 +msgid "Odoo is subject to a :ref:`daily email limit ` to prevent abuse. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid, Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:208 +msgid "A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing email server for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:211 +msgid "To do this, you should first activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:216 +msgid "Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable *Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers. If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the xxxx.odoo.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "The :ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated). Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to job applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To (Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent, saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "A placeholder is a string of characters that temporarily takes the place of the final data. With email templates, for example, placeholders let you put dynamic content in order to personalize the email for the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid "A common use is to use it to indicate the name of the recipient in the newsletter so that each recipient gets a personalized newsletter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid "Placeholders and more specifically fields that are available for a template will depend on the template you modify. One way to see the fields that are available is to check the Dynamic Placeholder Generator tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:57 +msgid "Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:63 +msgid "Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before sending it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:70 +msgid "Using functions with placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid "Functions can be used along with your placeholders in order to format the data as you'd like within your mail templates, for example, the time format can be changed using a function such as ``format_time``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid "In order to use functions, you have to know the available fields to format. To know that, you have to check the fields (the properties) of the object that are available to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +msgid "Checking the fields (properties) available on the object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:82 +msgid "To check the **fields available**, click on the link next to Applies to. For the example we use the Portal: new user template, so we click on Portal user Config." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:89 +msgid "By clicking on the link, you are redirected to the model, in this case the ``Portal user Config`` model that lists all the fields that you can use within your mail template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:96 +msgid "As a side note, you can also see the fields that are available by accessing the dynamic placeholder generator, as described :ref:`previously `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:99 +msgid "See below an example with the email field that was added in the template and its result as well as some other placeholders already present by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:107 +msgid "Using fields with functions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:109 +msgid "Now that you know the *fields* that can be used, you can use one of them with a function. For this example, we add the creation date, *create_date* field to the body of the template ‘Portal: new user’ along with the ``format_date`` function so that the user knows when he was invited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:117 +msgid "As you can see we use the placeholder `${}` with the ``format_date`` function which uses as a parameter the field create_date available on the current object, this gives the following line of code ``${format_date(object.create_date)}``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "It's really important to check that the preview is working, if it's broken your template might appear totally blank when previewing it. We also recommend not changing the content in existing templates unless you have prior knowledge. We highly recommend duplicating the template and apply your changes within this one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:127 +msgid "Find below the result of the e-mail received in the recipient's mailbox with the modifications applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "Still by using the ``format_date`` function, you have the possibility to adapt the format of the date just in a specific email by specifying the formatting of the date as a second parameter. If not specified, the format used by default is the one defined in the settings of the language. More information on how to access these parameters can be found :ref:`here `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "In order to adapt the date format, the piece of code used in the above example ``${format_date(object.create_date)}`` becomes ``${format_date(object.create_date, date_format='dd -- MM -- YYYY')}`` here dd is the day, MM the month and YYYY the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:143 +msgid "Here is the result once the function is adapted in the template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:152 +msgid "Functions used by default within email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:154 +msgid "To format your data, many functions can be used, here are some examples." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:157 +msgid "**This list of functions is not exhaustive**, meaning that all functions that are available aren't listed in the below list, for more functions, we invite you to check the `babel `_ documentation, last but not least, modifications on the templates are considered as customization and isn’t covered by our support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:162 +msgid "For the following examples, we will introduce mostly some date functions. By default, the format of the date used is the one defined in the settings of the language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "These settings can only be accessed when the :ref:`developer mode ` is enabled. Once developer is enabled go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Translations --> Languages` and click on one of the languages to see all the settings such as the time format or date format used by the language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:170 +msgid "**format_date()** - formats the date (without the time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:172 +msgid "Can be found on the template `Purchase Order: Send PO`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:193 +msgid "The result will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "**format_datetime()** - formats the datetime, defining a specific timezone, in this case Central European Time (CET)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:187 +msgid "Can be found on the template `Event: Registration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:199 +msgid "**format_time()** - Similar to the format_datetime function except It's used only for the time, not a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:202 +msgid "**format_amount()** - Formats a number, an amount to display the currency depending on the display setting that has been defined on the currency (the :ref:`debug mode ` must be activated to see this feature) :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies` (before or after the amount depending on the convention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:211 +msgid "Which will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 +msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:220 +msgid "Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see a mail composer with possible values to define:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:230 +msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:236 +msgid "Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:242 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:244 +msgid "When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links pointing to your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 +msgid "By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key defined in the system parameters. More information about this :ref:`parameter `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:250 +msgid "If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:253 +msgid "It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:258 +msgid "This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link established in the database with the website application, meaning that in this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the corresponding website of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:264 +msgid "A document shared using the documents application will always use the web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a known limitation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:269 +msgid "On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:273 +msgid "For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to check :doc:`our domain name documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:277 +msgid "Updating translations within email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:279 +msgid "Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to change some of the translations, this can be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:282 +msgid "Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:286 +msgid "In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:288 +msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:294 +msgid "A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 +msgid "This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing concerns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 +msgid "We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive responses from my customers in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +msgid "Outgoing emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 +msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +msgid "The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red envelope next to the date and time of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +msgid "Common error messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 +msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +msgid "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo, we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being blacklisted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 +msgid "200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 +msgid "50 emails/day for one-app free and trial databases," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 +msgid "in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 +msgid "Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 +msgid "How many users in your database," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 +msgid "Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final recipient. You can contact the `support `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:60 +msgid "Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit (please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation `)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 +msgid "Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The :ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:70 +msgid "The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your daily limit if it notifies someone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo ` instead of by emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:77 +msgid "SMTP Error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:79 +msgid "You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 +msgid "No Error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:91 +msgid "If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support `_ for help in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 +msgid "Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF ` and/or :ref:`DKIM ` configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:98 +msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:100 +msgid "It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:113 +msgid "By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:117 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:119 +msgid "When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Emails are not received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:128 +msgid "The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:130 +msgid "The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs `. Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 +msgid "The **SaaS** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a recurring issue with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 +msgid "Get help from support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:145 +msgid "In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:148 +msgid "The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support will mainly focus on redundant issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 +msgid "`Gmail documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:157 +msgid "`Outlook documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:163 +msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:165 +msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:167 +msgid "Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:169 +msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:171 +msgid "Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:173 +msgid "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" @@ -460,18 +1260,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so, activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on *Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:None -msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:22 msgid "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:None -msgid "overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:30 msgid "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" @@ -966,1224 +1758,17 @@ msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 -msgid "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase `." +msgid "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:133 -msgid "Multi Companies" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 +msgid "Users & Companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:5 -msgid "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the overall management process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:11 -msgid "Manage companies and records" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are active)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:22 -msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:0 -msgid "View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:31 -msgid "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the environment in use is of *JS Store US*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:40 -msgid "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:43 -msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:44 -msgid "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that specific company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:51 -msgid "Employees' access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:53 -msgid "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights ` for *Multi Companies*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n" -"in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:62 -msgid "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is **editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:65 -msgid "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US (the company from which the sale order was issued)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:66 -msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:68 -msgid "The current company (the one active) or," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:69 -msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:70 -msgid "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record is being edited)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:73 -msgid "Documents’ format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:75 -msgid "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select* the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document Layout*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:83 -msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:85 -msgid "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`Chart of Accounts <../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`Warehouses <../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:97 -msgid "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level or at a sales/purchase orders level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:105 -msgid "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:108 -msgid "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:115 -msgid "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:119 -msgid "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:128 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between the companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:131 -msgid "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:5 -msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:15 -msgid "Odoo embeds several **payment acquirers** that allow your customers to pay on their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their favorite payment methods such as **Credit Cards**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:19 -msgid "Offering several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:None -msgid "Pay online in the customer portal and select which payment acquirer to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo apps delegate the handling of sensitive information to the certified payment acquirer so that you don't ever have to worry about PCI compliance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:31 -msgid "This means that no sensitive information (such as credit card numbers or credentials) is stored on Odoo servers or Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a unique reference number to the data stored safely in the payment acquirers' systems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:38 -msgid "Payment Acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:40 -msgid "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:47 -msgid "Bank Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received it on your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here <../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:60 -msgid "Online Payment Providers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -msgid "Payment from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -msgid "Save Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -msgid "Capture Amount Manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:66 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -msgid "✔" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:68 -msgid "Alipay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:73 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:75 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:80 -msgid "PayUMoney" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:82 -msgid "SIPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:88 -msgid "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank Accounts <../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:99 -msgid "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above ` for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:105 -msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:107 -msgid "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to *Enabled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:None -msgid "Click on install, then on activate to make the payment acquirer available on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:117 -msgid "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on your main database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:125 -msgid "Credentials tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:127 -msgid "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use. Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:131 -msgid "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:137 -msgid "Configuration tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:139 -msgid "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:145 -msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:147 -msgid "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' recurring payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:154 -msgid "Place a hold on a card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:156 -msgid "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -msgid "Payment Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:166 -msgid "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:170 -msgid "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:175 -msgid "Countries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:177 -msgid "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:183 -msgid "Payment Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:185 -msgid "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:188 -msgid "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new **Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt them if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:196 -msgid "Messages tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:198 -msgid "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:203 -msgid "Accounting perspective" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:205 -msgid "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with **Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for advice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:210 -msgid "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*, on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer* to your *Bank Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:214 -msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:216 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:218 -msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:219 -msgid "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as *Post At Payment Validation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the Online Payment Provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:225 -msgid "Current Asset Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:227 -msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:228 -msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:231 -msgid "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new **Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can modify them if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:236 -msgid ":doc:`../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:237 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:238 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/authorize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:239 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "Authorize.Net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None -msgid "Authorize.Net logo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <../payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to process your customer's payment after delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 -msgid "Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 -msgid "If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 -msgid "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 -msgid "API Login ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Transaction Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 -msgid "Signature Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 -msgid "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings --> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and **Signature Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None -msgid "Generate your Transaction Key and Signature Key on your Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 -msgid "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 -msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open **Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to click on *Save* once you've set everything up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 -msgid "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation <../payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 -msgid "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than on your main database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the **Configuration** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a **Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your Authorize.net account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 -msgid "To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "Default Receipt URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 -msgid "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None -msgid "Authorize.Net Configuration tab on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 -msgid "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None -msgid "Hold the credit card payment until you capture or revoke it on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 -msgid "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 -msgid "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`../payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal Business Account `_ or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 -msgid "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 -msgid "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification* (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 -msgid "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in *Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” (e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 -msgid "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "`this page for a test account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "`this page for a production account `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as **UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the `Paypal documentation `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in :menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting *Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. `pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. `pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 -msgid "`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other payment methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 -msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 -msgid "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 -msgid "The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 -msgid "Bancontact" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 -msgid "EPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 -msgid "Giropay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 -msgid "iDeal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 -msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 -msgid "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:None -msgid "Select and add icons of payment methods you want to enable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 -msgid "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:3 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:5 -msgid "Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you boost productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:11 -msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:14 -msgid "Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, *Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:16 -msgid "On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags` you can create new or edit existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None -msgid "Click on Create to create Tags in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:23 -msgid "You can also create them on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None -msgid "Type the name of the tag on the field and create and edit a tag in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:29 -msgid "Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None -msgid "Click on the tag and choose a color in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:38 -msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:40 -msgid "Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags --> Action --> Delete`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None -msgid "Select a tag and click on action then delete to delete it from the database in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:48 -msgid "Use tags as a parameter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:50 -msgid "On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None -msgid "Apply tags as filters in Odoo Marketing Automation application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:59 -msgid "Use tags for reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:61 -msgid "To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific purpose, you can also add tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None -msgid "Apply tags to create reports in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 -msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:6 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:9 -msgid "**As a SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:13 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Saas users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:15 -msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:17 -msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard `_ and click on **New Application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:23 -msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:28 -msgid "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a **Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on **Create application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:35 -msgid "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:42 -msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:46 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:49 -msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:51 -msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard `_ and click on your newly created Unsplash application under **Your applications**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:57 -msgid "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:65 -msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash requests per hour restriction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 -msgid "Users settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:9 msgid "Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:18 -msgid ":doc:`users/language`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:19 -msgid ":doc:`users/access_rights`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:24 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:26 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:35 -msgid "Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access Rights ` choose the group within each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:36 -msgid "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:42 -msgid "When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the invitation and create a login." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been sent in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:50 -msgid "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our `pricing page `_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:54 -msgid "With the :ref:`developer mode ` activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:61 -msgid "The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:68 -msgid "Passwords management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:73 -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:78 -msgid "Enable password resets from login page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:80 -msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:82 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate **Password Reset** and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:91 -msgid "Send reset instructions to users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:93 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its user form. An email is automatically sent to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:98 -msgid "The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:101 -msgid "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:111 -msgid "Change users’ passwords" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:113 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change Password*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:120 -msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:123 -msgid "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:127 -msgid "Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:135 -msgid "The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:139 -msgid "Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this ` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:149 -msgid ":doc:`multi_companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:150 -msgid ":doc:`../general`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:3 msgid "Access Rights" msgstr "" @@ -2204,18 +1789,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative rights are shown in black." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:22 msgid "*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to *Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32 msgid "Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that they are being applied to the needed and right users." msgstr "" @@ -2224,10 +1801,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:42 msgid "*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each model, enable the following options as appropriate:" msgstr "" @@ -2248,10 +1821,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:55 msgid "As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." msgstr "" @@ -2260,14 +1829,158 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, *Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:65 msgid "Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:3 +msgid "Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:5 +msgid "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:11 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:22 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:31 +msgid "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:40 +msgid "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:43 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:44 +msgid "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 +msgid "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights ` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:62 +msgid "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is **editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:65 +msgid "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US (the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 +msgid "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 +msgid "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select* the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 +msgid "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Chart of Accounts <../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:97 +msgid "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:105 +msgid "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:108 +msgid "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:115 +msgid "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:119 +msgid "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:128 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:131 +msgid "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -2324,6 +2037,138 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3 +msgid "Manage users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo defines a **user** as someone who has access to a database to perform daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`language`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`access_rights`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:16 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:27 +msgid "Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access Rights ` choose the group within each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:28 +msgid "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:34 +msgid "When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:42 +msgid "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our `pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:46 +msgid "With the :ref:`developer mode ` activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:53 +msgid "The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:60 +msgid "Deactivate users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:62 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, open the user you want to deactivate, click on *Action*, and then on *Archive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:66 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:71 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:76 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:81 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:83 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:85 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate **Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:94 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:96 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:101 +msgid "The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:104 +msgid "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:114 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:116 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:123 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:126 +msgid "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:130 +msgid "Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:136 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:138 +msgid "The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:142 +msgid "Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`companies`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" @@ -2541,10 +2386,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None -msgid "VoIP module installation on an Odoo database" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" @@ -2561,10 +2402,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None -msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:37 msgid "Configure the VOIP user in the Odoo's user" msgstr "" @@ -2581,18 +2418,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None -msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:50 msgid "You can find all this information by logging in at https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 -msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "" @@ -2609,26 +2438,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None -msgid "Incoming VoIP call in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:72 msgid "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 -msgid "\"Missing Parameter\" error message in the Odoo softphone" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:80 msgid "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by the international country code. E.g., +16506913277 (where +1 is the international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 -msgid "\"Incorrect Number\" error message in the Odoo softphone" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 625bdfa8d..c650725c0 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,10 +20,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & Mrp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "" @@ -348,6 +361,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 @@ -1022,7 +1036,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from suppliers are considered as being always available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "If you have :guilabel:`Storage Locations` activated, you can click the hamburger menu next to the :guilabel:`Done quantity` to specify the location(s) where you are storing the received product(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:56 msgid "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." msgstr "" @@ -1050,10 +1068,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the features to enable in order to use multi-step routes for goods reception" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 msgid "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" @@ -1066,10 +1080,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the incoming shipment strategy to choose to receive goods in three steps" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." msgstr "" @@ -1090,10 +1100,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the three moves created by the purchase of products in three steps strategy" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" msgstr "" @@ -1106,39 +1112,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the button to click to see the receipts that need to be processed" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the reception area to the warehouse input area" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes *Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the transfer can be directly validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the button to click to see the internal transfers that need to be processed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the input area to the quality control area" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 msgid "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the quality control area to the stock" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" msgstr "" @@ -1260,64 +1245,59 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgid "Expiration Dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 -msgid "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to customers." +msgid "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 -msgid "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 +msgid "With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 -msgid "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +msgid "To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 -msgid "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product form:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +msgid "Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +msgid "Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 -msgid "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the lot/serial number;" +msgid "Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgid "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 -msgid "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgid "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible user defined on the Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 -msgid "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be raised on the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 -msgid "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +msgid "When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 @@ -1325,7 +1305,7 @@ msgid "Expiration Alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 -msgid "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their alert date." +msgid "You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded their respective alert dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1445,6 +1425,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-entry management is the feature you need." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" @@ -1787,19 +1771,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is automatically computed based on the different lead times previously configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into account" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 msgid "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a warning message is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n" -"by Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 msgid "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure all the lead times that could occur." msgstr "" @@ -1813,10 +1788,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of April." msgstr "" @@ -1839,10 +1810,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" @@ -1879,18 +1846,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the *Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times depending on the vendor." msgstr "" @@ -1903,10 +1862,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" @@ -1923,10 +1878,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product. To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the *MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of July is June 27th." msgstr "" @@ -1939,10 +1890,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." msgstr "" @@ -3050,7 +2997,7 @@ msgid "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgid "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure as many locations as you need under one warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 @@ -3486,26 +3433,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also trigger all the route's rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 msgid "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "How does it work?" @@ -3583,10 +3518,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" @@ -3603,34 +3534,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 msgid "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 msgid "Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 msgid "Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the rules for the pre-configured route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" @@ -3639,10 +3554,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -3651,58 +3562,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" @@ -3715,24 +3598,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules* section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and *Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all of them:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 -msgid "**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill this need." +msgid "**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill this need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 -msgid "**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgid "**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the defined source location. In the case you move products to the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 -msgid "**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgid "**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 @@ -3743,10 +3622,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" @@ -3795,42 +3670,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 msgid "If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 msgid "To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and output zones" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing zones" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 msgid "As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" @@ -3839,10 +3694,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "" @@ -3907,26 +3758,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with the products fitting your settings the best." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 msgid "On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick for delivery." msgstr "" @@ -3991,10 +3830,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and *Lots & Serial Numbers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 msgid "To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." msgstr "" @@ -4003,10 +3838,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" @@ -4019,10 +3850,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 msgid "The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from that lot are the first ones to move out." msgstr "" @@ -4031,10 +3858,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" @@ -4047,18 +3870,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So, let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 msgid "Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved products are from lots 000003 and 000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" msgstr "" @@ -4079,10 +3894,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 msgid "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" @@ -4095,10 +3906,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force Removal Strategy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 msgid "For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots of them." msgstr "" @@ -4149,10 +3956,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "" @@ -4798,10 +4601,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps you schedule, plan and process manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the shop floor to control all your work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" msgstr "" @@ -4891,46 +4706,50 @@ msgid "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "The destination location should **not** be a scrap location. A scrap location is where you put products that you don't need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the *Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:55 msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:57 msgid "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:77 msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 msgid "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to the primary product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:82 msgid "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:88 msgid "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." msgstr "" @@ -4939,7 +4758,7 @@ msgid "Use flexible components consumption" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 -msgid "Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. But you will need to register it!" +msgid "Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two chairs but your customer asks you for one more desk. Alright, you can do that. But you will need to register it!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 @@ -5670,10 +5489,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate replenishments and follow up on your orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:5 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "" @@ -5786,20 +5613,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|uom01|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132 -msgid "uom01" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom02|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 -msgid "uom02" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" msgstr "" @@ -6794,10 +6611,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your user has the rights to manage the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 msgid "Quality" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Quality** helps you define quality control points to trigger quality checks at specific inventory operations (receiving and final inspection) or manufacturing operations (in-process inspection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:14 +msgid "You will love organizing your quality alerts in Odoo's clean kanban interface. Drag and drop alerts to report progress and use visual indicators to focus on critical alerts." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert.rst:5 msgid "Alert" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index 709e04fd0..84ba84184 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,16 +20,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:8 msgid "Email Marketing" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -49,13 +56,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when unsubscribing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:None -msgid "Mailing lists in Odoo Email Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." msgstr "" @@ -105,12 +105,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option *Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:None -msgid "Blacklist in Odoo Email Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 msgid "Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is redirected to the following page:" msgstr "" @@ -159,13 +153,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:None -msgid "Send mass mailing in Odoo Email Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 msgid "With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here `_." msgstr "" @@ -222,16 +209,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:None -msgid "manage campaigns in Odoo Email Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 @@ -239,10 +223,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:8 msgid "Events" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Events** helps you manage on-site and online events. Organize events, publish event websites, promote venues, and sell tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations.rst:5 msgid "Integrations" msgstr "" @@ -270,14 +262,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:None -msgid "SMS for Events in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 msgid "The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event `_." msgstr "" @@ -344,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:11 msgid "Get started" msgstr "" @@ -352,28 +336,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:None -msgid "Overview of events with the kanban view in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:23 msgid "To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, *Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None -msgid "View of an event's form emphasizing the option website menu in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:31 msgid "To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder `_, and edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None -msgid "View of an event's website page emphasizing the edit button for Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:40 msgid "Tab: Tickets" msgstr "" @@ -390,10 +360,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed ` or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None -msgid "View of an event form emphasizing the tab tickets in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:55 msgid "Tab: Communication" msgstr "" @@ -406,12 +372,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the *Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the *Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None -msgid "View of an event form and the tab communication in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22 msgid "Tab: Questions" msgstr "" @@ -427,18 +389,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire is shown once, resulting in a global answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None -msgid "View of an event form and a question’s window opened in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:81 msgid "Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited and used again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None -msgid "View of an event’s form emphasizing the option set to draft in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:90 msgid "Publish your event" msgstr "" @@ -447,10 +401,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None -msgid "View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" msgstr "" @@ -481,10 +431,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold :ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows the sale of tickets to happen :ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page for Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:22 msgid "Through Sales Orders" msgstr "" @@ -493,19 +439,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for which you want to create the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of a sales order and the option to choose the event as the product line in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:32 msgid "Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under *Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under your event’s form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:0 -msgid "View of an event form highlighting the column product under the tab tickets in Odoo\n" -"Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:43 msgid "Through the Website" msgstr "" @@ -514,12 +451,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of website transaction for Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 @@ -554,19 +487,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the *Cancelled* stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:None -msgid "View of an attendee form emphasizing the send by email and cancel registration in Odoo\n" -"Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 msgid "To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:None -msgid "View of a list of the canceled attendees using the filters in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" @@ -588,18 +512,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options *Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:None -msgid "View of an event form and the options to track and propose speaker in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 msgid "Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:None -msgid "View of the published website and the menus talks, talk proposal and agenda in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 msgid "To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." msgstr "" @@ -612,19 +528,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:None -msgid "View of the talks’ proposals page emphasizing the column proposal in Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 msgid "If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:None -msgid "View of the website page to publish a proposed talk for Odoo Events" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8 msgid "Marketing Automation" msgstr "" @@ -648,14 +556,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None -msgid "Metrics in Odoo Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 msgid "The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an email address set." msgstr "" @@ -740,15 +640,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are installed in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:None -msgid "Create workflows in Odoo Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 msgid "Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the criteria will be added to the workflow." msgstr "" @@ -810,17 +701,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables within it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 -msgid "Filters in Odoo Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 msgid "More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is called a *branch* (...)." msgstr "" @@ -866,10 +746,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/tags`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" msgstr "" @@ -914,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on *Cancel*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "" @@ -1054,10 +930,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" msgstr "" @@ -1170,10 +1042,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message, that includes the following characters:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None -msgid "GSM7 in Odoo SMS Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 msgid "**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." msgstr "" @@ -1198,12 +1066,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None -msgid "SMS pricing and FAQ Odoo SMS Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 msgid "How do I buy credits?" msgstr "" @@ -1320,7 +1182,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs `here `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:8 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "" @@ -1336,10 +1198,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:None -msgid "Click on create to start a campaign in Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" @@ -1386,10 +1244,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` select the appropriate channel, and set it up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:None -msgid "Enable live chat under website configurations for Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 msgid "Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, GeoIP must be installed on your server." msgstr "" @@ -1414,10 +1268,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and last date and time the user was connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:None -msgid "See a visitor's history of pages in Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 msgid "Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or an existing partner." msgstr "" @@ -1434,10 +1284,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option *Track*, on the respective pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:None -msgid "Choose the pages to be tracked in the website application for Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started`" msgstr "" @@ -1458,10 +1304,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None -msgid "Click on add streams to add accounts in Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." msgstr "" @@ -1474,18 +1316,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and customize your Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None -msgid "See all streams in the feed in Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 msgid "Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on *Insights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None -msgid "Click on insights to be redirected to the social account from Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" msgstr "" @@ -1494,10 +1328,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None -msgid "Go to configuration to link a linkedin account in Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 msgid "LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the creation of content." msgstr "" @@ -1510,10 +1340,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None -msgid "Click on create or new post to create and publish content in Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." msgstr "" @@ -1538,10 +1364,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None -msgid "Click on the calendar view option in Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" @@ -1567,18 +1389,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:None -msgid "Go to settings and enable web push notifications for Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:None -msgid "Request to send messages is being shown on the page for Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 msgid "Send notifications" msgstr "" @@ -1591,10 +1405,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:None -msgid "Choose individually to whom send web push notifications in Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 msgid "To a group" msgstr "" @@ -1603,10 +1413,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* (e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:None -msgid "Select multiple contacts to send web push notifications in Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 msgid "Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting archived." msgstr "" @@ -1619,197 +1425,152 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records that match the rules you set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:None -msgid "Define rules to send push notifications in Odoo Social Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 +msgid "Surveys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Surveys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5 msgid "Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your market is thinking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13 msgid "When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as different applications might use it for different purposes such as recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "Form view of a survey with a title and category being chosen in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:24 msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27 msgid "On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey without answering the respective question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:29 msgid "Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and different possibilities. Examples:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:31 msgid "*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length (number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:33 msgid "*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, with which a text type field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:37 msgid "*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per row." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "Sections and questions view of a survey in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:44 msgid "Tab: Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:46 msgid "Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's homepage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "Frontend of a survey showing the title and description of a survey for Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:53 msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:56 msgid "Tab: Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58 msgid "Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing *One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "Form view of a survey emphasizing the layout feature under options in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67 msgid "Test and share the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:70 msgid "Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the details of the respondent and his answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72 msgid "By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of entries clean with only real participants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "View list of the participations of a survey in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:79 msgid "Another way to access detailed answers is by going to :menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:80 msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "View of an analytical page for Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`scoring`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`time_random`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3 msgid "Scoring Surveys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5 msgid "To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9 msgid "On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab *Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right answer and score." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:None -msgid "Form view of a survey showing a list of answers in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:17 msgid "Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully finish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:None -msgid "Form view of a survey emphasizing the scoring and candidates section in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25 msgid "Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted badges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:None -msgid "View of the courses tab emphasizing the latest achievements section on the website for\n" -"Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3 msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:6 msgid "Time Limit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:10 msgid "On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them looking at external resources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11 msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:None -msgid "View of a survey form emphasizing the time limit feature in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:17 msgid "A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:21 msgid "Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:25 msgid "When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27 msgid "To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section should be taken into account during the shuffling." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:None -msgid "View of a survey form emphasizing the random questions count column in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index ec8c491fc..62fffbc4a 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,343 +20,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Productivity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 msgid "Discuss" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 -msgid "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 -msgid "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 -msgid "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 -msgid "Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 -msgid "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online unless you configure Odoo to force the outgoing \"From\" address (see below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 -msgid "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 -msgid "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 -msgid "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 -msgid "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 -msgid "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 -msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 -msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 -msgid "Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587, 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 -msgid "Choose allowed \"From\" email addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different domain, and that can be a problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 -msgid "For example, if a customer with address *mary@customer.example.com* responds to a message, Odoo will try to redistribute that same email to other subscribers in the thread. But if the domain *customer.example.com* forbids that kind of usage for security (kudos for that), the Odoo's redistributed email would get rejected by some recipients' mail servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "To avoid those kind of problems, you should make sure all emails use a \"From\" address from your authorized domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "If your MTA supports `SRS (Sender Rewriting Scheme) `_, you can enable it to handle these situations. However, that is more complex and requires more technical knowledge that is not meant to be covered by this documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 -msgid "Instead, you can also configure Odoo to do something similar by itself:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 -msgid "In developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 -msgid "Add one system parameter from these:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 -msgid "If you want *all* your outgoing messages to use the same \"From\" address, use the key ``mail.force.smtp.from`` and set that address as value (such as ``outgoing@mycompany.example.com``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "If you want to keep the original \"From\" address for emails that use your same domain, but change it for emails that use a different domain, use the key ``mail.dynamic.smtp.from`` and set as value the email address that should be used in those cases (such as ``outgoing@mycompany.example.com``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:161 -msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing `__ to opt-out invalid recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:172 -msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM `__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:174 -msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk `__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 -msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:178 -msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment `__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:180 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:182 -msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 -msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:193 -msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:202 -msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:212 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:210 -msgid "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the :ref:`developer mode `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:214 -msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:220 -msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in :ref:`developer mode `. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:229 -msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:231 -msgid "Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid, Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:239 -msgid "A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing email server for technical reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:242 -msgid "To do this, you should first activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:247 -msgid "Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable *Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers. If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the xxxx.odoo.com domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "The :ref:`developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to job applicants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None -msgid "New email template form in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To (Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent, saving space in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None -msgid "View of the dynamic placeholder generator tab under a new template in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None -msgid "View of the body code view under the content tab in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before sending it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None -msgid "View of the content with the standard body view in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -369,126 +36,97 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "Choose your notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 msgid "Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter ` notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 msgid "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:25 msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:31 msgid "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 msgid "Start Chatting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:41 msgid "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:53 msgid "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to *Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 msgid "To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter ` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel, type *#channel-name*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:76 msgid "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values first based on the task’s :doc:`followers `, and secondly on *Employees*. If the record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 msgid "Chat status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 msgid "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging menu*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:90 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 @@ -507,10 +145,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the *Activities* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None -msgid "View of crm leads page emphasizing the activities menu for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 msgid "Plan activities" msgstr "" @@ -519,10 +153,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter ` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None -msgid "View of crm leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "" @@ -531,10 +161,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" @@ -547,20 +173,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set *Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None -msgid "View of an activity type form emphasizing the field recommended next activities for Odoo\n" -"Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None -msgid "View of an activity being schedule emphasizing the recommended activities field being\n" -"shown for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`get_started`" @@ -582,10 +198,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of discuss’s sidebar and a channel being created in Odo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a specific department)." msgstr "" @@ -598,10 +210,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel’s settings form in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 msgid "Privacy and Members" msgstr "" @@ -614,10 +222,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on *Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the option to invite members in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while *Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they are part of the group." msgstr "" @@ -634,10 +238,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a message with a pending moderation status in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" @@ -646,18 +246,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel’s settings form emphasizing the tab moderation in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a message to be moderated in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" @@ -666,10 +258,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel’s setting form emphasizing the ban Lists menu in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 msgid "Quick search bar" msgstr "" @@ -678,10 +266,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a *Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations and quickly find the one you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of the Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 msgid "Finding channels" msgstr "" @@ -694,15 +278,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a single character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:8 msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" msgstr "" @@ -1286,18 +866,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box `_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None -msgid "IOT box auto detection." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 msgid "You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None -msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" msgstr "" @@ -1306,28 +878,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 msgid "Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic Scale* option. Then, you hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None -msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 msgid "The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None -msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:8 +msgid "Studio" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:10 +msgid "Learn all you need in order to build custom applications: customize views, create specific reports, automate actions, define approval workflows, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:5 @@ -1346,10 +914,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from changing stage if a field is not filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:None -msgid "Flowchart to exemplify an automated action rule for Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 msgid "Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and *how* to create one:" msgstr "" @@ -1423,7 +987,7 @@ msgid "*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server a msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid "*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email <../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgid "*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email ` is sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 @@ -1446,10 +1010,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, goes through:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:None -msgid "View of an automated action being created in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." msgstr "" @@ -1514,10 +1074,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the main dashboard emphasizing the option to create a new app in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" msgstr "" @@ -1558,10 +1114,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:None -msgid "Tables with a visual explanation of related fields for Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 msgid "An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* records from a table." msgstr "" @@ -1603,11 +1155,7 @@ msgid "What is a Menu?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 -msgid "A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:None -msgid "Overview of a menu being edit in Odoo Studio" +msgid "A **Menu** is a button that executes an action. In Odoo Studio, to create menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 @@ -1630,10 +1178,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is *customizations.zip*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:None -msgid "View of the menu customizations in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 msgid "The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." msgstr "" @@ -1642,10 +1186,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:None -msgid "View of the import modules window for Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 msgid "Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the applications installed on the source database should be installed on the destination database." msgstr "" @@ -1658,11 +1198,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:None -msgid "View of a sales form and the tab properties and its rainbow man field in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 msgid "On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow Man* effect can be applied." msgstr "" @@ -1699,26 +1234,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone, email address, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of the types of new reports in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 msgid "Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many <../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*, *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of a report and the tab add in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 msgid "Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of a report and the tab options in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 msgid "Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to fields." msgstr "" @@ -1731,18 +1254,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups ` can have access to specific elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of a report’s settings emphasizing the field limit visibility to groups in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 msgid "Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective document form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of an invoice form emphasizing the menu print for Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 msgid "If activating the :ref:`developer mode `, additional fields such as *Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become visible." msgstr "" @@ -1759,10 +1274,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:0 -msgid "View of a report being built and emphasizing the undo and redo buttons in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:5 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "" @@ -1804,10 +1315,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:None -msgid "View of an automated action that sets a high priority to Belgian leads in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 msgid "Check :doc:`this doc ` in order to have another automated action example." msgstr "" @@ -1835,18 +1342,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling *Use by default* and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None -msgid "View of a custom filter being set to be used by default in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 msgid "On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable *Default Filter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None -msgid "View of a filter’s rule form emphasizing the field default filter in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 msgid "**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" msgstr "" @@ -1859,10 +1358,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the *Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None -msgid "Form view emphasizing the button add a pipeline bar in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 msgid "Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), stages are shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" @@ -1871,10 +1366,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to go back to *Form View*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:0 -msgid "View of Studio emphasizing the form view button in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 msgid "**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set its cost to 0€.**" msgstr "" @@ -1903,10 +1394,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None -msgid "View of the automated action created to set the price of a product to zero in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" msgstr "" @@ -1927,10 +1414,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "View of the invisibility domain of a field being set in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 msgid "Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France (for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." msgstr "" @@ -1943,10 +1426,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "View of an URL emphasizing where a country’s ID can be found for Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 msgid "**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called: company, value, name, address, active, image.**" msgstr "" @@ -1955,10 +1434,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now, on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "View of the recommended fields for an object in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 msgid "**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to see the properties for each region.**" msgstr "" @@ -1975,11 +1450,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view and a Many2one field being dropped in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 msgid "Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." msgstr "" @@ -1988,18 +1458,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of records on the related model, and allow you to access them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view and the status button window being shown in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 msgid "When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by *Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:0 -msgid "View of the search model window in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 msgid "**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as checkboxes instead of tags.**" msgstr "" @@ -2008,10 +1470,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its *Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view showing the widgets available in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 msgid "**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" msgstr "" @@ -2020,10 +1478,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view emphasizing the widget property in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." msgstr "" @@ -2032,10 +1486,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their *Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is not = > Tags.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view emphasizing a field added and its invisibility properties in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 msgid "**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called 'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed amount is higher than 500€.**" msgstr "" @@ -2044,10 +1494,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view of a required domain being set in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" msgstr "" @@ -2060,18 +1506,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view showing more property options and emphasizing the help feature in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 msgid "The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* option under *Properties*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:0 -msgid "View of the properties emphasizing the help tooltip option in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" msgstr "" @@ -2084,10 +1522,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* option as the default one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:None -msgid "View of the Kanban option being set as the default one in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 msgid "**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without having to switch to the form view.**" msgstr "" @@ -2099,7 +1533,3 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 msgid "If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:None -msgid "View options emphasizing the editable options of a leads page in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 34f537d37..0777530ec 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -17,14 +17,22 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:8 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8 msgid "CRM" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo CRM** helps you organize your sales activities: track leads, close opportunities and get accurate forecasts. Keep opportunities organized with the pipeline and manage your day-to-day activities with meetings and next activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 msgid "Acquire leads" msgstr "" @@ -46,6 +54,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 @@ -58,6 +67,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 @@ -149,16 +159,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:73 -msgid "image0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:76 -msgid "image1" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 msgid "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" @@ -309,10 +309,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None -msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "" @@ -325,10 +321,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 msgid "A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your challenge as follows:" msgstr "" @@ -361,10 +353,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be granted with a badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None -msgid "View of the challenge form and a challenge being created for Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 msgid "Set up goals" msgstr "" @@ -381,10 +369,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame based on your management preferences, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None -msgid "View of the goal definition form and a goal definition being created for Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 msgid "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." msgstr "" @@ -397,10 +381,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None -msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -485,10 +465,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner Autocomplete* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:None -msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" msgstr "" @@ -501,14 +477,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:None -msgid "Creating a new contact in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:None -msgid "View of the information being shown about odoo with the autocomplete option in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 msgid "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a company name." msgstr "" @@ -537,6 +505,94 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Analyze performance" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*. The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password --> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse (table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group (table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" msgstr "" @@ -809,10 +865,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:10 +msgid "With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops or restaurants easily. The app runs on the browser, but is able to continue working even if you are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:5 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -893,10 +961,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 msgid "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." msgstr "" @@ -913,26 +977,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 msgid "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50% discount on oranges." msgstr "" @@ -945,10 +997,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the pricelist feature" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 msgid "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in the PoS and define a default one." msgstr "" @@ -965,10 +1013,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" msgstr "" @@ -977,10 +1021,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 msgid "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. Then, you can finalize the order." msgstr "" @@ -1182,10 +1222,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable *Available in Point of Sale*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Product form. Making the product available in PoS." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." msgstr "" @@ -1198,10 +1234,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Creating a new payment method for a Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." msgstr "" @@ -1210,10 +1242,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Making the payment method available in a point of sale." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." msgstr "" @@ -1230,98 +1258,70 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Launching a new session." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Point of sale dashboard." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 msgid "Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Return and refund products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:90 msgid "To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, repeat the process individually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Refunding a product with the point of sale app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:97 msgid "When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, process the payment and validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Giving back money to customer in Odoo Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:105 msgid "Close the PoS session" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:107 msgid "To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on the dashboard view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "How to close a point of sale session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:115 msgid "It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and post the closing entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Point of sale sales report before closing the session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database ` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:132 msgid "View your statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 msgid "Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or pivot form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Orders analysis with pivot view of the point of sale reporting feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:145 msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Accessing orders analysis via the point of sale dashboard. Reporting feature on the PoS form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "" @@ -1632,18 +1632,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "Restaurant set up. Enabling the is a bar/Restaurant feature on a PoS" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 msgid "New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that they are restaurant-specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "Several restaurant features. Bill printing, bill splitting and tips" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 msgid "Add a floor" msgstr "" @@ -1652,14 +1644,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the table management feature. Way to manage and create floors for a pos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "Backend view of a restaurant floor. Table name and number of sits for each table" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." msgstr "" @@ -1672,18 +1656,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the floors menu to manage several floors at the same time" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 msgid "Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the floor management. Add tables, the number of sits, their name and their shape" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 msgid "To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of sits the table can have." msgstr "" @@ -1696,10 +1672,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are taken to your main interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the pos interface to register orders" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 msgid "Transfer customer(s)" msgstr "" @@ -1712,19 +1684,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the restaurant tables, one having a pending order" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 msgid "Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are transferring your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the pos interface and transfer button. How to transfer customers from one table\n" -"to another" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "" @@ -1737,10 +1700,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the - button, allowing employees to close/remove an order" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" @@ -2101,6 +2060,122 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 +msgid "Rental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5 +msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:7 +msgid "From a single view, you can send out quotations, confirm orders, schedule rentals, register when products are picked up and returned, and invoice your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Rental: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 +msgid "Rental Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Products`, select or create a product, and click on the product's *Rental* tab. Under *Rental Pricing*, click on *Add a price*. Then choose a *Unit* of time (hours, days, weeks, or months), a *Duration*, and a *Price*. You can add as many price lines as necessary, usually to give out discounts for longer rental durations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:32 +msgid "Under *Reservations*, you can add fines for any *Extra Hour* or *Extra Day*. You can also set a *Security Time*, expressed in hours, to make the product temporarily unavailable between two rental orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:37 +msgid "If you want to rent a product created outside of the Rental app, do not forget to tick *Can be Rented* under the product's name. By default, this option is ticked when you create a product directly from the Rental app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:42 +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo always uses two rules to compute the price of a product when you create a rental order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:46 +msgid "Only one price line is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:47 +msgid "The cheapest line is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:50 +msgid "Consider the following rental pricing configuration for a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:52 +msgid "1 day: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:53 +msgid "3 days: $250" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:54 +msgid "1 week: $500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:56 +msgid "A customer wants to rent this product for eight days. What price will they pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:58 +msgid "After an order is created, Odoo selects the second line as this is the cheapest option. The customer has to pay three times '3 days' to cover the rental's eight days, for a total of $750." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:64 +msgid "Customer signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:66 +msgid "You can ask your customers to sign a rental agreement outlining the arrangement between you and your customers before they pick up products to make sure your products are returned on time and in their original condition. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate *Digital Documents*, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:76 +msgid "This feature requires the :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>` app. If necessary, Odoo installs it after activating *Digital Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:79 +msgid "Once the app settings are saved, you have the option to change the default *Rental Agreement* from the dropdown menu. You can pick any document already uploaded to the *Sign* app, or upload a new one to the *Sign* app by clicking on *Upload Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:83 +msgid "To request a customer signature, select a confirmed rental order, click on *Sign Documents*, choose the document template and click on *Sign Documents* again. On the next window, select your customer and click on *Sign Now* to start the signing process with your customer. Once the document is completed, click on *Validate & Send Completed Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94 +msgid "Pickup and Return receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:96 +msgid "You can print and give your customers receipts when they pick up and/or return products. To do so, open any rental order, click on *Print* and select *Pickup and Return Receipt*. Odoo then generates a PDF detailing all information about the current status of the rented items: which were picked up, when they are expected to be returned, which were returned, and potential rental delay costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Sales** is the application to run your sales process (from quotation to sales order) and deliver and invoice what has been sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sales Tutorials `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" @@ -2389,14 +2464,14 @@ msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" @@ -2437,56 +2512,68 @@ msgid "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "Starting from July 2021, Amazon requires that deliveries be provided with a tracking reference. This concerns all marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +msgid "If this is not already done, you need to :ref:`install ` the **Delivery Costs** module in order to provide the tracking reference. There is unfortunately no workaround to comply with this new Amazon policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:56 msgid "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 msgid "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:68 msgid "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:76 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:103 msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:159 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -2664,6 +2751,7 @@ msgid "Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was re msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" msgstr "" @@ -2672,14 +2760,17 @@ msgid "The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo mod msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 msgid "If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-date and you can proceed to the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 -msgid "If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must update your installation as detailed in :doc:`this documentation page ` or by contacting your integrating partner." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +msgid "If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must update your installation as detailed in :doc:`this documentation page ` or by contacting your integrating partner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 msgid "Update the list of available modules" msgstr "" @@ -2696,14 +2787,15 @@ msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 -msgid "You should never install new modules in your production database without testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as explained in :doc:`this documentation page `. For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module in your particular setup." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "You should never install new modules in your production database without testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module in your particular setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:58 msgid "The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module **Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:67 msgid "Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo; this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." msgstr "" @@ -2796,42 +2888,138 @@ msgid "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 -msgid "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests that eBay enforces." +msgid "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account request for deletion, all eBay partners must confirm the reception of the request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 -msgid "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account until the subscription is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:56 +msgid "Verify your installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "In order to activate the endpoint, the module **eBay Connector - Account Deletion** must be installed. If your Odoo database was first created after September 2021, the module is installed automatically and you can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:65 +msgid "The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:77 +msgid "New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in the :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:80 +msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:94 +msgid "To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the `Apps` search facet and search for `ebay`. If the module **eBay Connector - Account Deletion** is present and marked as installed, your Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the next step. If it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:104 +msgid "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your **Verification Token**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:125 +msgid "An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:128 +msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "A verification token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:141 +msgid "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was sent successfully!\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:151 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:153 +msgid "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:160 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:162 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:163 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:164 msgid "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update product status*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:165 msgid "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:168 msgid "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the near future" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 msgid "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead of the old one." msgstr "" @@ -2875,10 +3063,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able to create an invoice**." msgstr "" @@ -2891,26 +3075,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order and draft invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed amount." msgstr "" @@ -2927,18 +3099,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the **Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" @@ -3037,10 +3201,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under **Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None -msgid "How to choose your invoicing policy on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" @@ -3053,10 +3213,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None -msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" @@ -3073,18 +3229,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an error message as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0 -msgid "How the choice of your invoicing policy impacts your sales flow on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None -msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a partial delivery)." msgstr "" @@ -3504,7 +3652,7 @@ msgid "Why an “ID” column?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +msgid "The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 @@ -3787,10 +3935,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:None -msgid "How to configure deadlines on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" @@ -3799,18 +3943,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:None -msgid "How to use deadline in a quotation template on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:0 -msgid "How customers will see deadlines on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 @@ -3831,10 +3967,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None -msgid "How to enable different customer addresses on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" @@ -3843,10 +3975,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None -msgid "How to add addresses from a quotation on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" @@ -3859,10 +3987,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None -msgid "How to add addresses from a contact form on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" @@ -3871,18 +3995,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None -msgid "How to manage different customer addresses on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None -msgid "Automatic quotation fields filling on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" @@ -3903,12 +4019,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None -msgid "How to enable online payment on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 -msgid "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +msgid "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal`, :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -3923,24 +4035,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None -msgid "How to register a payment on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -3959,11 +4067,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 -msgid "How to enable online signature on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" @@ -3976,10 +4079,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:None -msgid "How to confirm an order with a signature on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -4004,34 +4103,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None -msgid "How to add optional products to your quotations on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from their received email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:0 -msgid "Preview your quotations on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the salesman." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None -msgid "How to select optional products on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None -msgid "How to follow each movement made by your customers on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" @@ -4044,10 +4127,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where you can add related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None -msgid "How to add optional products to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" @@ -4064,18 +4143,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" @@ -4089,10 +4160,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" @@ -4105,18 +4172,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on **Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" @@ -4125,10 +4184,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" @@ -4141,10 +4196,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" @@ -4175,10 +4226,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the **Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" @@ -4191,10 +4238,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" @@ -4207,10 +4250,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: :doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" @@ -4227,18 +4266,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" @@ -4247,10 +4278,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" @@ -4259,10 +4286,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" @@ -4271,10 +4294,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:8 msgid "Subscriptions" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Subscriptions** is used to run recurring businesses: sell new contracts, upsell customers, keep the churn under control and have reporting on the main KPIs: MRR, ARR, retention, churn, upselling, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 msgid "Add subscription products" msgstr "" @@ -4299,12 +4330,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:0 -msgid "View of a subscription product form in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 msgid "In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the *Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another application, it is not the case." msgstr "" @@ -4376,10 +4401,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create your own ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:None -msgid "Default subscription templates on Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 msgid "The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales** and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." msgstr "" @@ -4388,10 +4409,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per *Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a *Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an invoice email template to your subscription templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:None -msgid "Create your own subscription templates on Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 msgid "For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* options." msgstr "" @@ -4400,18 +4417,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation, complaints, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:0 -msgid "Terms & conditions on Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 msgid "Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able to manage them in one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:0 -msgid "Health check on Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 msgid "After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to complete the sales flow." msgstr "" @@ -4454,10 +4463,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:None -msgid "New automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 msgid "On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the stage to which you want to apply this alert." msgstr "" @@ -4478,10 +4483,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear in the chatter of your respective subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:None -msgid "Satisfaction survey in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" msgstr "" @@ -4490,10 +4491,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less satisfied clients*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:None -msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 msgid "This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." msgstr "" @@ -4530,10 +4527,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this estimation does not take variations and growth into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Difference between MRR and ARR in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 msgid "**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of businesses." msgstr "" @@ -4554,7 +4547,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:40 msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." msgstr "" @@ -4570,10 +4563,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "of 9,33%." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 -msgid "Difference between logo churn and revenue churn in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 msgid "Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the time, it might not be the case all the time." msgstr "" @@ -4594,10 +4583,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, *Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example, *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by *Week*, to get a clear view of your report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Subscriptions analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 msgid "Retention analysis report" msgstr "" @@ -4606,10 +4591,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can see the progression of the retention from its start." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Retention analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 msgid "Revenue KPIs report" msgstr "" @@ -4618,18 +4599,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking for specific information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Revenue KPIs report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 msgid "The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Detailed MRR report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" msgstr "" @@ -4638,10 +4611,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Salesperson dashboard report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:5 msgid "Sales flow" msgstr "" @@ -4670,10 +4639,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close their own subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "Configuration to close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" @@ -4690,18 +4655,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "Close your subscription from an administration point of view with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 msgid "By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "What happens when you close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 msgid "Customer view" msgstr "" @@ -4710,26 +4667,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close Subscription* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "Close your subscription from a customer point of view with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 msgid "By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "What happens when customers close their subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 msgid "By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing text added by the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "What happens when customers close their subscription in Odoo Subscriptions?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 msgid "Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" @@ -4762,18 +4707,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously configured as a *Subscription product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None -msgid "View of a quotation form in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 msgid "When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None -msgid "Customer preview of a quotation form in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 msgid "From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." msgstr "" @@ -4786,18 +4723,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None -msgid "Quotation form in Odoo Sales with a button \"Subscriptions\"" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 msgid "By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: :doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None -msgid "Use of the intelligent button \"Subscriptions\" in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 msgid "In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is *Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*. Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status becomes *Closed*." msgstr "" @@ -4838,18 +4767,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:None -msgid "Renew your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 msgid "The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears on the top right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0 -msgid "Customer preview of a renewal with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 msgid "When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." msgstr "" @@ -4858,18 +4779,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0 -msgid "Renew a quotation with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 msgid "By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily visualize which one is your renewal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0 -msgid "Renewal as Subscription Management form in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" msgstr "" @@ -4878,10 +4791,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the filter *To renew*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:None -msgid "List view of all subscriptions and use of the filter to renew in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 msgid "Upsell a subscription" msgstr "" @@ -4902,10 +4811,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the *Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None -msgid "Activation of the discount option in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 msgid "Upsell your first subscription" msgstr "" @@ -4914,18 +4819,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell your subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None -msgid "Upsell your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 msgid "By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None -msgid "Add products to your subscription via the upsell option in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 msgid "When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" @@ -4934,18 +4831,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer wanted to purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None -msgid "Visualize all your subscriptions updates with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 msgid "In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None -msgid "List view of all sales orders created for a subscription" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 msgid "The only difference between your two sales orders is the description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily visualize which one is your upselling." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/services.pot b/locale/sources/services.pot index f13d53a84..7d2febcff 100644 --- a/locale/sources/services.pot +++ b/locale/sources/services.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -17,16 +17,19 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5 -#: ../../content/services.rst:5 msgid "Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:8 msgid "Field Service" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -49,11 +52,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:None -msgid "Tasks from tickets in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" @@ -82,11 +80,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and *Resume* when you would like to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:None -msgid "Timesheet Timer in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and add a description." msgstr "" @@ -99,10 +92,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:None -msgid "Sign and send reports in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." msgstr "" @@ -123,18 +112,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:None -msgid "Invoice Tasks in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to :menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:None -msgid "Invoice Task in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback`" msgstr "" @@ -155,11 +136,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:None -msgid "Keep track of stock in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." msgstr "" @@ -184,10 +160,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:None -msgid "Employees' Time off in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" msgstr "" @@ -196,10 +168,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:None -msgid "Manage employees' schedules in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" msgstr "" @@ -208,10 +176,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:None -msgid "Unassigned tasks in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and dynamic database." msgstr "" @@ -236,13 +200,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:None -msgid "Configure Mapbox for Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public token*." msgstr "" @@ -275,12 +232,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:None -msgid "Create quotations in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 msgid "Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra Quotations*." msgstr "" @@ -301,11 +252,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:None -msgid "Onsite Interventions from Sales Order in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 msgid "Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the respective project you have chosen." msgstr "" @@ -330,12 +276,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable :menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:None -msgid "Custom Worksheet in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 msgid "Designing worksheets" msgstr "" @@ -356,6 +296,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Studio Basics `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" @@ -445,13 +389,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None -msgid "Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" @@ -480,10 +417,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None -msgid "Reports on Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" @@ -508,28 +441,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on the ticket's page." msgstr "" @@ -546,27 +465,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 msgid "Todo" msgstr "" @@ -595,10 +501,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels (example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" msgstr "" @@ -619,11 +521,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the productivity and visibility features\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" @@ -640,18 +537,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a stage’s setting page emphasizing the option to add teams in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a team’s kanban view in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" msgstr "" @@ -668,27 +557,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the rating on ticket feature\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "Overview of a helpdesk team kanban view emphasizing the menu edit stage in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter ` of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" @@ -701,11 +577,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of the helpdesk ticket from a user’s portal emphasizing the link to the helpdesk team\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 @@ -728,10 +599,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and enable the following features as you want them to be available to your users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk teams setting page emphasizing the channels options in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 msgid "Email Alias" msgstr "" @@ -744,11 +611,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the email alias feature\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email server." msgstr "" @@ -765,19 +627,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the Go to Website button in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of the website form to submit a ticket for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "" @@ -790,11 +643,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* - and :doc:`set up your channel `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the live chat features and links\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 msgid "Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command ` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." msgstr "" @@ -819,17 +667,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of a team’s kanban view and the prioritized tasks in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`sla`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 @@ -860,10 +704,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous Period* or a *Previous Year*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket analysis by team and ticket type in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." msgstr "" @@ -872,10 +712,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how many requests they are able to handle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket analysis by team and close date in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 msgid "Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." msgstr "" @@ -888,11 +724,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close (hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want their issues to be handled quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of helpdesk ticket analysis of the hours to close by ticket type and team in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "Save filters" msgstr "" @@ -901,11 +732,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of helpdesk ticket analysis emphasizing the option to add a filter as a favorite one\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" msgstr "" @@ -930,10 +756,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None -msgid "View of an SLA form in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 msgid "Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority** a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." msgstr "" @@ -946,10 +768,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and the deadline field is not shown anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None -msgid "View of a ticket’s form emphasizing a satisfied SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 msgid "SLA Analysis" msgstr "" @@ -958,10 +776,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and keep track of upcoming deadlines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None -msgid "View of the SLA status analysis page emphasizing the group by option in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" msgstr "" @@ -986,11 +800,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be ultimately modified on each ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" msgstr "" @@ -1003,19 +812,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 msgid "Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the *Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, automating the process." msgstr "" @@ -1036,10 +836,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the customer and *Confirm* the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" msgstr "" @@ -1048,10 +844,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" msgstr "" @@ -1060,10 +852,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the task created by the confirmation of the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" msgstr "" @@ -1072,18 +860,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under the *Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 msgid "Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered* column in the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 msgid "Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on the dedicated task." msgstr "" @@ -1117,10 +897,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:None -msgid "Bill from Tasks in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" @@ -1129,20 +905,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:None -msgid "Sales Order from a task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Planning `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" msgstr "" @@ -1159,10 +934,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under *Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:None -msgid "Roles in Odoo Planning Application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" msgstr "" @@ -1171,11 +942,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you from the need of re-planning it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:0 -msgid "Repeat shifts in Odoo Planning Application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 msgid "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is possible in :ref:`developer mode `, from *Settings*." msgstr "" @@ -1192,10 +958,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:None -msgid "Save shift as a Template in Odoo Planning Application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Shifts Templates --> Create`." msgstr "" @@ -1208,10 +970,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:None -msgid "Shift recurrency in Odoo Planning Application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 msgid "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation time, for example." msgstr "" @@ -1232,11 +990,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:None -msgid "Publish and Send planned shifts in Odoo Planning Application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 msgid "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned tasks:" msgstr "" @@ -1253,19 +1006,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to take it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:None -msgid "Allow Unassignment in Odoo Planning Application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Project Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1286,10 +1039,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If not, simply leave the field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None -msgid "Click on create and enable multiple options for an advanced project in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 msgid "Choose who can access a project" msgstr "" @@ -1326,10 +1075,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None -msgid "Tab timesheet is being shown under a task in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 msgid "Create sales orders from a task" msgstr "" @@ -1338,10 +1083,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None -msgid "Menu create sales order is being shown under a task in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 msgid "Track the material used on a task" msgstr "" @@ -1350,10 +1091,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the products/material used during the work on a specific task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None -msgid "Menu to add products is being shown under a task in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" msgstr "" @@ -1362,10 +1099,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None -msgid "Options worksheet and send report being shown under a task in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" msgstr "" @@ -1374,14 +1107,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized, enable *Planning*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None -msgid "Shortcut to planning from the dashboard in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None -msgid "Planning view from a project in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 msgid "Manage employees work hours" msgstr "" @@ -1390,10 +1115,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external link to adjust the daily hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None -msgid "Edit the working hours from Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 msgid "Share stages across projects" msgstr "" @@ -1406,10 +1127,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share stages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None -msgid "Open a stage and choose the projects to share it with in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" msgstr "" @@ -1422,10 +1139,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:None -msgid "Enable the feature on settings in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 msgid "*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at a specific stage(s)." msgstr "" @@ -1434,10 +1147,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:None -msgid "Click on set email template and choose one in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" @@ -1450,18 +1159,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:None -msgid "View of a project's form to choose the customer rating in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:0 -msgid "View of the chatter and the rating email sent to the customer in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 msgid "Get reports" msgstr "" @@ -1470,18 +1171,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see ratings by task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:None -msgid "View of the customer rating report in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the *Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:None -msgid "Project overview shows the percentage of happy ratings in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" msgstr "" @@ -1502,18 +1195,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* becomes available in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:None -msgid "View of the dashboard and overview menu available in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 msgid "The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours recorded, and even a timesheet table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:None -msgid "Click on overview and have a detailed view of the hours recorded in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" msgstr "" @@ -1526,10 +1211,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is directly available in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:None -msgid "Profitability menu being shown on the dashboard view in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" @@ -1538,10 +1219,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the reporting page showing costs and revenues in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" @@ -1586,10 +1263,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:None -msgid "Choose the invoicing options on a product form under the sales tab in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" @@ -1598,10 +1271,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:None -msgid "Click on confirm in a quotation and have a task or project created for Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 msgid "Access the task generated from Project" msgstr "" @@ -1610,10 +1279,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:None -msgid "Click on tasks in the dashboard view to access them in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" msgstr "" @@ -1622,18 +1287,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the *Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:None -msgid "Access the task and under the tab timesheet record the time spent in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:None -msgid "Click on sales order in the task once it is complete in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" @@ -1662,10 +1319,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward through *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:None -msgid "Click on create to start a new project in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:21 msgid "Manage your project’s stages" msgstr "" @@ -1678,10 +1331,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:None -msgid "View of the stages created under a project in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can personalize." msgstr "" @@ -1690,18 +1339,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:None -msgid "Click on settings then edit stage to edit in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any signification you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:None -msgid "Image of the edit form of a stage in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "" @@ -1714,10 +1355,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:None -msgid "Click on setting then fold to hide a column in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:62 msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" msgstr "" @@ -1743,26 +1380,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/share.rst:None -msgid "Edit a project from the dashboard view and click on share in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/share.rst:None -msgid "Open a task and click on action then share in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/share.rst:None -msgid "View of a shared project from the recipients side for Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" msgstr "" @@ -1779,10 +1404,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:None -msgid "Planning form to choose the project, task and allocated hours in Odoo Planning" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" @@ -1795,10 +1416,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:None -msgid "Planning by project view in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:31 msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" msgstr "" @@ -1807,18 +1424,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to *Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the *Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the *Progress*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:None -msgid "View of all tasks and their planned and remaining hours in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:42 msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:0 -msgid "Under the settings of a project enable timesheets in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice.rst:5 msgid "Record Time and Invoice" msgstr "" @@ -1851,10 +1460,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "Have the sales order menu and the timesheet tab being shown under a task in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 msgid "This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." msgstr "" @@ -1875,10 +1480,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "Click on create sales order and choose the billing type in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 msgid "The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a system." msgstr "" @@ -1895,10 +1496,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "Enabling the feature to invoice only approved timesheets in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 msgid "This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each employee before the customer gets invoiced." msgstr "" @@ -1931,10 +1528,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and specify the *Duration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:None -msgid "On the task under the timesheets tab add the time spent in Odoo Project Application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 msgid "Time tasks" msgstr "" @@ -1947,10 +1540,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and *Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:None -msgid "Click on start in the task to initiate the timer in Odoo Project Application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "" @@ -1975,10 +1564,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to another, conversations taking place, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None -msgid "Click on the follower icon to add followers to a project in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 msgid "Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." msgstr "" @@ -1991,10 +1576,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description and the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None -msgid "Click on the follower icon to add followers to a task in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 msgid "Select which notifications to get" msgstr "" @@ -2003,10 +1584,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For that, *Edit subscription*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None -msgid "Click on the follower icon, then on edit subscription in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" msgstr "" @@ -2019,10 +1596,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you can replay the whole creation of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None -msgid "View of the collaborative pad in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 msgid "Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or to someone outside of the company." msgstr "" @@ -2043,10 +1616,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users can have a channel per project team, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the chatter in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "" @@ -2055,10 +1624,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling activities* from the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None -msgid "Click on schedule activity and choose the activity to be scheduled in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 msgid "Edit or create new activities types" msgstr "" @@ -2067,10 +1632,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the activity types form in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" msgstr "" @@ -2088,7 +1649,7 @@ msgid "On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 @@ -2103,10 +1664,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:None -msgid "In the settings of your project, define the emails alias under the tab email in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 msgid "All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as followers of the task." msgstr "" @@ -2115,10 +1672,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:None -msgid "View of the email alias chosen on the dashboard view in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" msgstr "" @@ -2143,10 +1696,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on *Edit*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None -msgid "Click on create under a project to initiate a task in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 msgid "Assignation" msgstr "" @@ -2155,10 +1704,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None -msgid "Choosing the responsible person for the task in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "" @@ -2171,10 +1716,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks with a deadline for the current date are orange." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None -msgid "Tasks prioritized are shown first in the list in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 msgid "Manage files in tasks" msgstr "" @@ -2183,10 +1724,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None -msgid "Click on the attachment icon to manage files in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." msgstr "" @@ -2199,10 +1736,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None -msgid "Click on the drop down menu and set a cover image in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" msgstr "" @@ -2211,22 +1744,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the kanban view in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 msgid "Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you identify them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None -msgid "Choose a color to identify your task in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/tags`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" msgstr "" @@ -2239,18 +1760,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None -msgid "Enable the feature under settings in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None -msgid "Overview of a task and the sub-tasks menu being shown in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 msgid "Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" msgstr "" @@ -2259,10 +1772,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Sub-task Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None -msgid "Under the settings of a project, select the sub-task project in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" msgstr "" @@ -2271,10 +1780,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed *Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None -msgid "Timesheets tab being shown under a task in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" msgstr "" @@ -2288,11 +1793,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None -msgid "A tab extra info with a field parent task is being shown in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" msgstr "" @@ -2301,7 +1801,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8 msgid "Timesheets" msgstr "" @@ -2321,18 +1821,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the *Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned Hours*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/compare.rst:None -msgid "Select effective and planned hours under measures in Odoo Timesheets application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18 msgid "Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/compare.rst:None -msgid "Go to reporting to see a planning analyses in Odoo Timesheets application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27 msgid "HR analysis" msgstr "" @@ -2341,10 +1833,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/compare.rst:None -msgid "Report about employees' attendance in Odoo Timesheets application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Timesheets" msgstr "" @@ -2369,10 +1857,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Rounding up* times up or down to the nearest minutes or hours, when using the timer. For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry shows up in reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "Set the time unit used to record your timesheets in Odoo Timesheets application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25 msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value." msgstr "" @@ -2393,10 +1877,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "Choose the invoicing options under a product form in Odoo Timesheets application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44 msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy" msgstr "" @@ -2405,10 +1885,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be approved first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "Choose how to invoice the recorded times in Odoo Timesheets application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54 msgid "Send reminders" msgstr "" @@ -2421,10 +1897,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "Activate timesheet reminders for managers and employees in Odoo Timesheets application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66 msgid "Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. The data syncs once you are back online." msgstr "" @@ -2441,19 +1913,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None -msgid "View of Timesheets setting enabling the feature record time off in Odoo Timesheets" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None -msgid "View of a time off types form emphasizing the time off requests and timesheets section in\n" -"Odoo Time Off" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 msgid "Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and task." msgstr "" @@ -2462,441 +1925,98 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to 15th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None -msgid "View of the time off request form in Odoo Time Off" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 msgid "Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating does it so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None -msgid "Video of timesheets emphasizing the requested time off from the employee in Odoo Timesheets" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 msgid "Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None -msgid "View of the details of a project/task in Odoo Timeheets" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`compare`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 -msgid "green" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 -msgid "orange" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "red" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:56 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:77 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 -msgid "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 -msgid "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 -msgid "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 msgid "5 days a week" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 msgid "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 msgid "What kind of support is included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 msgid "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, etc...)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 msgid "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg. “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 msgid "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to misconfiguration or customization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 msgid "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 msgid "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 msgid "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to help you implement your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 msgid "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many resources)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 msgid "Import of documents into your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 msgid "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 msgid "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 msgid "Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 msgid "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or involving code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 msgid "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use Odoo." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our support teams through our `support form `_, no matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "Ask your question on the `community forum `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise ` to get the support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sphinx.pot b/locale/sources/sphinx.pot index 6fb1d2c30..fff2d2d3b 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sphinx.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sphinx.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -29,131 +29,112 @@ msgid "Ask the Odoo Community" msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/header.html:11 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:7 msgid "Try Odoo for FREE" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:4 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:3 msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:5 -msgid "The comprehensive guide for Odoo users. Easily find the tutorial and helpful tips that suit your needs." +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:8 +msgid "User Docs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:9 +msgid "Discover our guide to help you use and configure the platform, by applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:10 +msgid "Top Apps" msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:14 -msgid "Applications" +msgid "Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:15 -msgid "Master any app thanks to their end-user guides. Our wide array of functional workflows and processes are designed to help you unleash Odoo's potential." +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:19 +msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:16 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:43 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:72 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:99 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:123 -msgid "Top Links" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:24 +msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:20 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:25 -msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:30 -msgid "Import data into Odoo" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:29 +msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:35 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgid "Install and Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:36 +msgid "Learn how to install, deploy and upgrade Odoo on premise or on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:37 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:66 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:98 +msgid "Top Links" msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:41 -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:42 -msgid "Easily setup your first Odoo installation. From downloads to day-to-day database administration, the dedicated tutorials have got you covered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:47 msgid "Installing Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:52 -msgid "Deploying Odoo" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:46 +msgid "Bugfix updates" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:57 -msgid "Updating Odoo" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:51 +msgid "Upgrading Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:62 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:56 +msgid "Odoo.sh: The Odoo Cloud Platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:70 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:64 msgid "Developer" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:71 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:65 msgid "Learn to develop in Odoo by reading the framework references and programmer tutorials." msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:76 -msgid "ORM API" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:70 +msgid "Tutorial: Building a Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:81 -msgid "Building a Module" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:75 +msgid "ORM" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:86 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:80 +msgid "Regular Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:85 +msgid "QWeb Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:90 msgid "External API" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:91 -msgid "Command-line interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:97 -msgid "Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:98 -msgid "Find out how to open a support ticket should you need to contact a Customer Service Representative." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:103 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:108 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:113 -msgid "Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:121 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:96 msgid "Contributing" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:122 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:97 msgid "You want to contribute to Odoo but don't know where to start? The tutorials and guidelines are there to help you make Odoo even better." msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:127 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:102 msgid "Write documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:132 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:107 msgid "Content guidelines" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index 6def7b651..6cce14d02 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-08 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,10 +20,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:10 +msgid "Run a modern open-source online store with Odoo eCommerce. Learn how to sell online, promote products and increase your average cart sizes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:14 +msgid "Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name ` to all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default ``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:20 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Website `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:21 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: eCommerce `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "" @@ -165,99 +184,139 @@ msgid "If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgid "Manage product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the available options." +msgid "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your customers on the product's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:8 +msgid "Let's say one of your customers selects a T-shirt from your product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "Then, they choose the size and color they want. The various size and color combinations are known as product variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:14 +msgid "Create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "In order to create various attributes and variants for your products, you first need to turn on *Variants* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:19 +msgid "Then, select a product from the Products list (:menuselection:`Sales / Website --> Products --> Products`). When the product detail form opens, click on *Edit*, and go to the *Variants* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgid "Here, you can add as many different attributes as you'd like by clicking on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:24 +msgid "These attributes appear as three different types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:27 +msgid "Color buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "Drop-down menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" +msgid "Several variants appear as soon as there are two values for one attribute." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgid "Don't forget to hit *Save* once all variants have been entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:39 +msgid "Edit variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:41 +msgid "After you hit *Save*, you are able to see all the variants from the product template detail form via the *Variants* smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "Clicking the *Variants* smart button takes you to the Product Variants page, where you can edit the following data for each specific variant:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Picture(s)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need to populate them once the variants generated." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "Barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of variants." +msgid "Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:56 +msgid "Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is selected." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:59 +msgid "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need to populate them once the variants are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:63 +msgid "Set specific prices per variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:65 +msgid "You can set a specific public price per variant by clicking on *Configure Variants* in the product detail form (top-left corner). That takes you to the *Product Variant Values* page for that product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:72 +msgid "To set a specific public price for a particular variant, simply click on the variant you want to modify, then click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:75 +msgid "The *Value Price Extra* field represents the monetary value that is added to the original product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgid "This is how the *Value Price Extra* looks on your website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants list. You can reactivate them the same way." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "Disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:95 +msgid "You can disable/archive specific variants so they are no longer available in quotes or on your website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). Simply select *Archive* in their detail form. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "To retrieve such items, hit *Archived* in the *Filters* category while searching the variants list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:5 @@ -547,7 +606,7 @@ msgid "When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically is msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books until you get paid into your bank account (see :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`)." +msgid "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books until you get paid into your bank account (see :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 @@ -602,10 +661,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview" @@ -627,18 +690,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 msgid "For both scenarios, under:" msgstr "" @@ -655,10 +710,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" @@ -675,10 +726,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a single live chat page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 msgid "Managing chat requests" msgstr "" @@ -687,10 +734,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online operators." msgstr "" @@ -703,10 +746,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`ratings`" @@ -741,26 +780,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of the chat window from a user’s side for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of a chat window from an operator’s side highlighting a rating for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of the customer ratings page in Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "Make the rating public" msgstr "" @@ -769,10 +796,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the rating of that channel on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of the public ratings in the website for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" msgstr "" @@ -825,10 +848,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:None -msgid "View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 msgid "Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." msgstr "" @@ -845,12 +864,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:None -msgid "View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 +msgid "Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:10 +msgid "Discover the best **Open-Source Website Builder** and learn how to build beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:5 @@ -961,10 +980,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Link Trackers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None -msgid "View of Website settings page emphasizing the link trackers field in Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 msgid "Set up traceable URLs" msgstr "" @@ -973,10 +988,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the campaign, medium, and source being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None -msgid "View of the link tracker fields for Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 msgid "**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a product's page)." msgstr "" @@ -1005,10 +1016,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the *Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None -msgid "View of the tracked list emphasizing the statistics buttons in Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 msgid "You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." msgstr "" @@ -1745,190 +1752,70 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can customize the file *robots* in :ref:`developer mode ` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash (free images)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:9 +msgid "**As a SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:13 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Saas users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:15 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:17 +msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard `_ and click on **New Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:23 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:28 +msgid "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a **Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on **Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:35 +msgid "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:42 +msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:46 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:49 +msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:51 +msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard `_ and click on your newly created Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:57 +msgid "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:65 +msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 msgid "Publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "`Namecheap `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*. If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "`Namecheap `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "`OVH `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol `__. In order to get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 -msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 -msgid "To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 -msgid "If you want to do it manually, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`. Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` (you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 -msgid "The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not end by a slash (``/``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 -msgid "If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value set to ``True``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 -msgid "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*, Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" msgstr "" @@ -1958,7 +1845,7 @@ msgid "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your w msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See :doc:`domain_name`." +msgid "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See :ref:`domain-name/existing`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 @@ -2042,7 +1929,7 @@ msgid "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 @@ -2266,7 +2153,7 @@ msgid "If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in ``/usr/share/GeoI msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 @@ -2333,30 +2220,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't install anything, and follow the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on **Add a language**." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:24 +msgid "Gengo won't work on Odoo Online and not by default on Odoo.sh. The required Python library `gengo` isn't installed on those platforms. It can be used either on-premise or by adding `gengo` to `requirements.txt` in your Odoo.sh git project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then click on **Load.**" +msgid "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on **Add a language**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:41 msgid "You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that some of the text has been translated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:48 msgid "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here **Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:51 msgid "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this link `_ in order to create one. You need to ask for a public key and a private key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:59 msgid "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:64 msgid "Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated automatically." msgstr ""